WO2024211797A1 - Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof - Google Patents
Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024211797A1 WO2024211797A1 PCT/US2024/023387 US2024023387W WO2024211797A1 WO 2024211797 A1 WO2024211797 A1 WO 2024211797A1 US 2024023387 W US2024023387 W US 2024023387W WO 2024211797 A1 WO2024211797 A1 WO 2024211797A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- unsubstituted
- group
- disease
- alkyl
- cancer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- DYRK1A a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound or salts or analogs thereof
- DYRK1A e.g., cancer, Down syndrome, Alzheimer’s disease, diabetes, viral infections, and osteoarthritis.
- Dual-specificity tyrosine phosphorylation-regulated kinases (DYRK1A, 1B, 2-4) comprise a family of protein kinases within the CMGC group of the eukaryotic kinome.
- protein kinases are involved in multiple cellular functions, including intracellular signaling, mRNA splicing, chromatin transcription, DNA damage repair, cell survival, cell cycle control, differentiation, homocysteine/methionine/folate regulation, body temperature regulation, endocytosis, neuronal development, synaptic plasticity, etc.
- Abnormal expression and/or activity of some of these kinases, DYRK1A in particular, is seen in many human nervous system diseases, such as cognitive deficits associated with Down syndrome, Alzheimer’s disease, and related diseases, tauopathies, dementia, Pick’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and other neurodegenerative diseases, Phelan-McDermid syndrome, autism, and CDKL5 deficiency disorder.
- DYRKs are also involved in diabetes, abnormal folate/methionine metabolism, osteoarthritis, several solid cancers (glioblastoma, breast, and pancreatic cancers) and leukemias (acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia), viral infections (influenza, HIV-1, HCMV, HCV, CMV, HPV), as well as infections caused by unicellular parasites (Leishmania, Trypanosoma, Plasmodium) (International Journal of Molecular Sciences (2021), 22(11), 6047).
- DYRK1A has also been identified as a critical stabilizer of EGFR (Cell Death & Disease (2019), 10, 282) which is a crucial factor contributing to the keratinization, cell hyperproliferation, abnormal differentiation and inflammatory infiltration during the progress of psoriasis.
- the present disclosure provides methods and reagents, involving contacting a cell with an agent, such as a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound, in a sufficient amount to antagonize DYRK1A activity, e.g., reduce the proliferation of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, luminal/HER2 breast cancer (Cell (2016), 164(1-2), 293–309) or pancreatic adenocarcinoma, as well as impair the self-renewal capacity of glioblastoma and compromise ovarian cancer spheroid cell viability (Molecular Cancer Research (2017), 15(4), 371–381).
- an agent such as a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound
- the present disclosure also provides methods and reagents, involving contacting a cell with an agent, such as a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound, in a sufficient amount to antagonize DYRK1A activity, e.g., i) to normalize prenatal and early postnatal brain development; ii) to improve cognitive function in youth and adulthood; and/or iii) to attenuate Alzheimer’s-type neurodegeneration.
- Some embodiments disclosed herein include DYRK1A inhibitors containing a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine core.
- Other embodiments disclosed herein include pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment using these compounds.
- One embodiment disclosed herein includes a compound having the structure of Formula (I): I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and halide; R 2 is 9-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-10 R 4 ; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 R 5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R 6 ; each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C 1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C 1-5 alkylene) p carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R 7 , wherein the –(C 1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1
- Some embodiments include stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of Formula (I). Some embodiments include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of Formula (I). [009] Some embodiments include pro-drugs of a compound of Formula (I). [010] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
- DYRK1A includes methods of inhibiting DYRK1A by administering to a patient affected by a disorder or disease in which DYRK1A overexpression is implicated, such as Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke.
- a disorder or disease in which DYRK1A overexpression is implicated such as Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with
- Inhibitors of DYRK1A can also be used to treat tauopathies.
- Tauopathies are neurodegenerative disorders characterized by the deposition of abnormal tau protein in the brain. The spectrum of tau pathologies expands beyond the traditionally discussed disease forms like Pick’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and argyrophilic grain disease. Emerging entities and pathologies include globular glial tauopathies, primary age-related tauopathy, which includes neurofibrillary tangle dementia, chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions (FTLD-tau), and aging-related tau astrogliopathy.
- CTE chronic traumatic encephalopathy
- FTLD-tau frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions
- aging-related tau astrogliopathy aging-related tau astrogliopathy.
- Clinical symptoms include frontotemporal dementia, corticobasal syndrome, Richardson syndrome, parkinsonism, pure akinesia with gait freezing and, rarely, motor neuron symptoms or cerebellar ataxia (Handbook of Clinical Neurology (2016), 145, 355-368 and Aging Cell (2019), 18(5), e13000).
- Inhibitors of DYRK1A can also be used to treat disorders associated with abnormal folate/methionine metabolism.
- Non-limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include a variety of cancers, diabetes, psoriasis, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1).
- HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
- HCMV human cytomegalovirus
- HCV hepatitis C virus
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus 1
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include methods to prepare compounds of Formula (I).
- compositions and methods for inhibiting DYRK1A are provided herein.
- Some embodiments provided herein relate to a method for treating a disease including, but not limited to, neurological diseases or disorders, cancers, cognitive deficits, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, viral infections, unicellular parasite infections, and motor deficits.
- non-limiting examples of a neurological disease or disorder which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease tauopathies, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke.
- Alzheimer’s disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- Down syndrome frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease tauopathies
- additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis
- diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor
- non-limiting examples of cancers which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include solid cancers (e.g., glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, and pancreatic cancers) and leukemias (e.g., acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, and chronic myeloid leukemia).
- solid cancers e.g., glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, and pancreatic cancers
- leukemias e.g., acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, and chronic myeloid leukemia.
- pharmaceutical compositions are provided that are effective for treatment of a disease of an animal, e.g., a mammal, caused by DYRK1A overexpression.
- the composition includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound as described herein.
- alkyl means a branched, or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, sec-pentyl and neo-pentyl.
- Alkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkyl groups include 1 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms).
- alkenyl means a straight or branched chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, and the like.
- alkenyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkenyl groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms).
- alkynyl means a straight or branched chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, and the like.
- alkynyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkynyl groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms).
- alkylene means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen, such as methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, iso-propylene, n-butylene, iso-butylene, sec-butylene, tert-butylene, n-pentylene, iso-pentylene, sec-pentylene and neo-pentylene.
- Alkylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkylene groups include 1 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms).
- alkenylene means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenylene, 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-methyl-1-propenylene, 1- butenylene, 2-butenylene, and the like.
- alkenylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkenylene groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms).
- alkynylene means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynylene, 1-propynylene, 1-butynylene, 2-butynylene, and the like.
- alkynylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- alkynylene groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms).
- alkoxy means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as described herein.
- exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy and heptoxy, and also the linear or branched positional isomers thereof.
- haloalkoxy means a haloalkyl-O— group in which the haloalkyl group is as described herein.
- haloalkoxy groups include fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and also the linear or branched positional isomers thereof.
- “carbocyclyl” means a cyclic ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclohexenyl. Carbocyclyls may include multiple fused rings. Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic.
- Carbocyclyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- carbocyclyl groups include 3 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- aryl means a mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group with only carbon atoms present in the ring backbone having 5 to 14 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic.
- Aryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- aryl examples include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H- indenyl, and others. In some embodiments, the aryl is phenyl.
- arylalkylene means an aryl-alkylene- group in which the aryl and alkylene moieties are as previously described. In some embodiments, arylalkylene groups contain a C 1- 4alkylene moiety. Exemplary arylalkylene groups include benzyl and 2-phenethyl.
- heteroaryl means a mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. Heteroaryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- heteroaryl examples include thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiodiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, thiazolyl benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, thienopyridinyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, quinazolinyl
- the heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoindolinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl.
- halo is a chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo atom radical.
- a halo is a chloro, bromo or fluoro.
- a halide can be fluoro.
- haloalkyl means a hydrocarbon substituent, which is a linear or branched alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl substituted with one or more chloro, bromo, fluoro, and/or iodo atom(s).
- a haloalkyl is a fluoroalkyl, wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been substituted by fluoro.
- haloalkyls are 1 to 3 carbons in length (e.g., 1 to 2 carbons in length or 1 carbon in length).
- haloalkylene means a diradical variant of haloalkyl, and such diradicals may act as spacers between radicals, other atoms, or between a ring and another functional group.
- heterocyclyl means a nonaromatic cyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Heterocyclyls may include multiple fused rings such as bicyclic and spirocyclic heterocyclyls. Heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, heterocycles have 3-11 members.
- heteroatom(s) are selected from one to three of O, N and S, and wherein when the heterocycle is five membered, it can have one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
- heterocyclyl include azirinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, 1,4,2-dithiazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3- dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyridinyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, thiinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl
- the heterocyclyl is selected from azetidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and tetrahydropyridinyl.
- “monocyclic heterocyclyl” means a single nonaromatic cyclic ring comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, heterocycles have 3-7 members.
- the heteroatom(s) are selected from one to three of O, N and S, and wherein when the heterocycle is five membered, it can have one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S.
- monocyclic heterocyclyls include azirinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, 1,4,2-dithiazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4- dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyridinyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, thiinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazo
- bicyclic heterocyclyl means a nonaromatic bicyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Bicyclic heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, bicyclic heterocycles have 4-11 members with the heteroatom(s) being selected from one to five of O, N and S.
- bicyclic heterocyclyls examples include 2-azabicyclo[1.1.0]butane, 2- azabicyclo[2.1.0]pentane, 2-azabicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 5- azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 3- azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, 7- azabicyclo[4.2.0]octane, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and the like.
- spirocyclic heterocyclyl means a nonaromatic bicyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone and with the rings connected through just one atom. Spirocyclic heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, spirocyclic heterocycles have 5-11 members with the heteroatom(s) being selected from one to five of O, N and S.
- spirocyclic heterocyclyls examples include 2-azaspiro[2.2]pentane, 4-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 1-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2- azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 6-azaspiro[2.6]nonane, 1,7- diazaspiro[4.5]decane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.6]decane, and the like. [041] The term “substituted” refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more non-hydrogen atoms of the molecule.
- substitution or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
- Substituents can include, for example, –(C 1-9 alkyl) optionally substituted with one or more of hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1-3 alkyl), and –N(C 1-3 alkyl) 2 ; -(C 1-9 haloalkyl); a halide; a hydroxyl; a carbonyl [such as -C(O)OR, and -C(O)R]; a thiocarbonyl [such as -C(S)OR, -C(O)SR, and -C(S)R]; –(C 1-9 alkoxy) optionally substituted with one or more of halide, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1-3 alkyl), and –N(C 1-3 alkyl) 2 ; - OPO(OH) 2 ; a phosphonate [such as -PO(OH) 2 and -PO(OR’) 2 ]; -
- the substituent is selected from –(C 1-6 alkyl), -(C 1- 6 haloalkyl), a halide (e.g., F), a hydroxyl, -C(O)OR, -C(O)R, –(C 1-6 alkoxyl), -NRR’, -C(O)NRR’, and a cyano, in which each occurrence of R and R’ is independently selected from H and –(C 1-6 alkyl).
- a halide e.g., F
- the compounds also encompass diastereomers as well as optical isomers, e.g., mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures, as well as individual enantiomers and diastereomers, which arise as a consequence of structural asymmetry in certain compounds. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, when a disclosed compound is named or depicted by a structure without specifying the stereochemistry and has one or more chiral centers, it is understood to represent all possible stereoisomers of the compound.
- the present disclosure includes all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled compounds of Formula (I) wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number which predominates in nature.
- isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2 H (deuterium) and 3 H (tritium), isotopes of carbon, such as 11 C, 13 C and 14 C, isotopes of chlorine, such as 36 Cl, isotopes of fluorine, such as 18 F, isotopes of iodine, such as 123 I and 125 I, isotopes of nitrogen, such as 13 N and 15 N, isotopes of oxygen, such as 15 O, 17 O and 18 O, isotopes of phosphorus, such as 32 P, and isotopes of sulfur, such as 35 S.
- isotopes of hydrogen such as 2 H (deuterium) and 3 H (tritium
- isotopes of carbon such as 11 C, 13 C and 14 C
- isotopes of chlorine such as 36 Cl
- isotopes of fluorine such as 18 F
- administering refers to a method of providing a dosage of a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a vertebrate or invertebrate, including a mammal, a bird, a fish, or an amphibian, where the method of administration is, e.g., orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intralymphatic, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, ontologically, neuro- otologically, intraocularly, subconjuctivally, via anterior eye chamber injection, intravitreally, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intracystically, intrapleurally, via wound irrigation, intrabuccally, intra-abdominally, intra-articularly, intra-aurally, intrabronchially, intracapsularly, intrameningeally, via inhalation, via endotracheal or endobronchial instillation
- a “diagnostic” as used herein is a compound, method, system, or device that assists in the identification or characterization of a health or disease state.
- the diagnostic can be used in standard assays as is known in the art.
- the term “mammal” is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes humans, cattle, horses, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rats, cows, sheep, pigs, goats, and non- human primates, but also includes many other species.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier examples include any and all solvents, co- solvents, complexing agents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier examples include any and all solvents, co- solvents, complexing agents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included.
- salts are known in the art, for example, as described in WO 87/05297.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids.
- Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases.
- Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
- Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine.
- “Patient” as used herein means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate, or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate.
- the patient is a human.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein is one which is sufficient to achieve the desired physiological effect and may vary according to the nature and severity of the disease condition, and the potency of the compound.
- “Therapeutically effective amount” is also intended to include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) in combination with one or more other agents that are effective to treat the diseases and/or conditions described herein.
- the combination of compounds can be a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Advances in Enzyme Regulation (1984), 22, 27-55, occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is most clearly demonstrated at sub-optimal concentrations of the compounds. It will be appreciated that different concentrations may be employed for prophylaxis than for treatment of an active disease.
- a therapeutic effect relieves, to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the disease.
- “Treat,” “treatment,” or “treating,” as used herein refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein for therapeutic purposes.
- the term “therapeutic treatment” refers to administering treatment to a patient already suffering from a disease thus causing a therapeutically beneficial effect, such as ameliorating existing symptoms, ameliorating the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, postponing, or preventing the further development of a disorder, and/or reducing the severity of symptoms that will or are expected to develop.
- drug-eluting and/or controlled release refers to any and all mechanisms, e.g., diffusion, migration, permeation, and/or desorption by which the drug(s) incorporated in the drug-eluting material pass therefrom over time into the surrounding body tissue.
- drug-eluting material and/or controlled release material as used herein refers to any natural, synthetic, or semi-synthetic material capable of acquiring and retaining a desired shape or configuration and into which one or more drugs can be incorporated and from which incorporated drug(s) are capable of eluting over time.
- “Elutable drug” as used herein refers to any drug or combination of drugs having the ability to pass over time from the drug-eluting material in which it is incorporated into the surrounding areas of the body.
- Compounds [058] The compounds and compositions described herein can be used to inhibit DYRK1A for treating a disorder or disease in which DYRK1A overexpression is implicated, such as in neurological diseases or disorders, cancers, cognitive deficits, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, viral infections, unicellular parasite infections, and motor deficits.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include compounds of Formula (I): or salts, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or prodrugs thereof.
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I). [061] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 1 is H. [062] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 1 is halide (e.g., F, Cl). [063] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 1 is F. [064] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 2 is 9-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-10 (e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R 4 .
- 1-10 e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1
- R 2 is a 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R 4 .
- R 2 is a 9–membered bicyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 R 4 , wherein each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C 1-3 alkyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-3 haloalkyl).
- R 2 selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted with 1-3 R 4 .
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: , optionally substituted with 1-3 R 4 .
- R 2 selected from the group consisting of: substituted with one halide (e.g., F, Cl), and/or one unsubstituted –(C 1-3 alkyl), and/or one unsubstituted –(C 1-3 haloalkyl).
- R 2 selected from the group consisting
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 (e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R 5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 (e.g., 1-11, 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1- 3, 1-2, 1) R 6 .
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R 5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R 6 .
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting selected from the group consisting of N and O.
- each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C 1-5 alkylene) p carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 (e.g., 1-11, 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1- 4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R 7 , wherein the –(C 1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C 1-3 alkyl).
- halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- 1-5 halide e.g.,
- each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl), and –(C 1-2 alkylene) p carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R 7 , wherein the –(C 1-2 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-2 F and/or 1-2 Me.
- halide e.g., F, Cl
- unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl
- unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl
- each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, unsubstituted –(C 1-3 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-3 haloalkyl), and – (CH 2 ) p carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R 7 .
- halide e.g., F, Cl
- unsubstituted –(C 1-4 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C 2-4
- two R 5 attached to the same carbon atom are taken together to form a carbonyl group.
- halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- halide e.g., F, Cl
- each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl
- unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl) unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl
- each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C 1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl).
- each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl
- unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl) unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl
- each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C 1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl).
- each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl
- unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl) unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 haloalkyl).
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 haloalkyl).
- each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- each R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C 1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl).
- each R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C 1-5 alkylene) p OR 10 , wherein the –(C 1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C 1- 3 alkyl).
- 1-5 halide e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
- each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C 1-4 haloalkyl), and –(C 1-2 alkylene) p OR 10 , wherein the –(C 1-2 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-2 F and/or 1-2 Me.
- each R 12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 F, and –(CH 2 CH 2 ) p OR 10 .
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 haloalkyl).
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C 1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C 2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1-9 haloalkyl).
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C 2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C 2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C 1- 4 haloalkyl).
- each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of Me, Et, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , and –CH 2 F.
- each p is independently 0 or 1.
- each H atom is optionally, independently replaced by 2 H (D) (deuterium).
- Illustrative compounds of Formula (I) are shown in Table 1. Table 1.
- compositions comprising: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or its corresponding enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- a compound provided herein or its corresponding enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Non-limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and another active agent are colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), pancreatic cancer, brain tumors, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (AMKL), and osteoarthritis.
- a compound of Formula (I) can be combined with one or more chemotherapeutic compounds.
- hepatocellular carcinoma can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: sorafenib (Nexavar ® ); regorafenib (Stivarga ® , Regonix ® ), nivolumab (Opdivo ® ); lenvatinib (Lenvima ® ); pembrolizumab (Keytruda ® ); cabozantinib (Cometriq ® , Cabometyx ® ); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU ® ); ramucirumab (Cyramza ® ); combination of gemcitabine and oxaliplatin (GEMOX).
- TACE transcatheter arterial chemoembolization
- DOXIL ® doxorubicin
- cisplatin doxorubicin
- mitomycin C Mitosol ® , Mutamycin ® , Jelmyto ®
- low-dose brachytherapy i) transcatheter arterial chemoembolization (TACE) in combination with doxorubicin (DOXIL ® ), cisplatin, or mitomycin C (Mitosol ® , Mutamycin ® , Jelmyto ® ); and ii) low-dose brachytherapy.
- head and neck squamous cell carcinoma can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: TransOral Robotic Surgery (TORS); TORS with radiation therapy; larotrectinib (Vitrakvi ® ); EGFR inhibitors, e.g., erlotinib (Tarceva ® ), osimertinib (Tagrisso ® ), neratinib (Nerlynx ® ), gefitinib (Iressa ® ), cetuximab (Erbitux ® ), panitumumab (Vectibix ® ), dacomitinib (Vizimpro ® ), lapatinib (Tykerb ® ), necitumumab (Portrazza), and vandetanib (Caprelsa ® ).
- TORS TransOral Robotic Surgery
- TORS with radiation therapy
- larotrectinib
- acute lymphoblastic leukemia can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: remission induction therapy; consolidation therapy; nelarabine (Arranon ® ); asparaginase erwinia chrysanthemi (Erwinaze ® ); asparaginase erwinia chrysanthemi (recombinant)-rywn (Rylaze ® ); calaspargase Pegol-mknl (Asparlas ® ); inotuzumab ozogamicin (Besponsa ® ); blinatumomab (Blincyto ® ); daunorubicin hydrochloride (Cerubidine ® ); clofarabine (Clolar ® ); cyclophosphamide; methotrexate sodium (Trexall ® ); c
- pancreatic cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: ablation and embolization treatment; gemcitabine (Gemzar ® ); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU ® ); oxaliplatin (Eloxatin ® ); albumin-bound paclitaxel (Abraxane ® ); capecitabine (Xeloda ® ); cisplatin; irinotecan (Camptosar ® ); liposomal Irinotecan (Onivyde ® ); paclitaxel (Taxol ® ), and docetaxel (Taxotere ® ).
- ablation and embolization treatment gemcitabine (Gemzar ® ); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU ® ); oxaliplatin (Eloxatin ® ); albumin-bound paclitaxel (Abraxane ® ); cap
- brain tumors can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: carmustine can be administered by way of a gliadel wafer; for glioblastoma and high-grade glioma, radiation therapy with daily low-dose temozolomide (Temodar ® ) followed by monthly doses of temozolomide after radiation therapy for 6 months to 1 year; lomustine (Gleostine ® ), procarbazine (Matulane ® ), and vincristine (Vincasar ® ), have been used along with radiation therapy; anti-angiogenesis therapy with bevacizumab (Avastin ® , Mvasi ® ); and targeted therapy using larotrectinib (Vitrakvi ® ).
- carmustine can be administered by way of a gliadel wafer; for glioblastoma and high-grade glioma, radiation therapy with daily low-dose temozolomide (
- AKL acute megakaryoblastic leukemia
- AKL can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: cytarabine (Cytosar-U ® ), etoposide (Vepesid ® ), and anthracycline drugs.
- Anthracyclines include daunorubicin (Cerubidine ® ), idarubicin (Idamycin ® ), and mitoxantrone (Novantrone ® ).
- AML acute myeloid leukemia
- venetoclax and hypomethylating agents e.g., decitabine, azacitidine
- induction chemotherapy cytarabine and an anthracycline (e.g., daunorubicin or idarubicin)
- ATRA all-trans-retinoic acid
- ATO arsenic trioxide
- consolidation therapy cytarabine
- myelodysplastic syndrome can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: 5- azacytidine, decitabine, lenalidomide, and decitabine/cedazuridine (Inqovi ® ).
- colorectal cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs: 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), which can be administered with the vitamin-like drug leucovorin (also called folinic acid); capecitabine (XELODA ® ), irinotecan (CAMPOSTAR ® ), oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN ® ).
- 5-fluorouracil 5-FU
- XELODA ® irinotecan
- CAMPOSTAR ® irinotecan
- ELOXATIN ® oxaliplatin
- Examples of combinations of these drugs which could be further combined with a compound of Formula (I) are FOLFOX (5- FU, leucovorin, and oxaliplatin), FOLFIRI (5-FU, leucovorin, and irinotecan), FOLFOXIRI (leucovorin, 5-FU, oxaliplatin, and irinotecan) and CapeOx (Capecitabine and oxaliplatin).
- FOLFOX 5- FU, leucovorin, and oxaliplatin
- FOLFIRI 5-FU, leucovorin, and irinotecan
- FOLFOXIRI leucovorin, 5-FU, oxaliplatin, and irinotecan
- CapeOx CapeOx
- chemo with 5-FU or capecitabine combined with radiation may be given before surgery (neoadjuvant treatment).
- ovarian cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs: topotecan, liposomal doxorubicin (DOXIL ® ), gemcitabine (GEMZAR ® ), cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN ® ), vinorelbine (NAVELBINE ® ), ifosfamide (IFEX ® ), etoposide (VP-16), altretamine (HEXALEN ® ), capecitabine (XELODA ® ), irinotecan (CPT-11, CAMPTOSAR ® ), melphalan, pemetrexed (ALIMTA ® ) and albumin-bound paclitaxel (nab-paclitaxel, ABRAXANE ® ).
- topotecan liposomal doxorubicin (DOXIL ® ), gemcitabine (GEMZAR ® ), cyclophospham
- Examples of combinations of these drugs which could be further combined with a compound of Formula (I) are TIP (paclitaxel [Taxol], ifosfamide, and cisplatin), VeIP (vinblastine, ifosfamide, and cisplatin) and VIP (etoposide [VP-16], ifosfamide, and cisplatin).
- TIP paclitaxel [Taxol], ifosfamide, and cisplatin
- VeIP vinblastine, ifosfamide, and cisplatin
- VIP etoposide [VP-16], ifosfamide, and cisplatin
- Ovarian cancer can also be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and immune checkpoint blockade (ICB) therapy.
- IRB immune checkpoint blockade
- a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat cancer in combination with any of the following methods: (a) hormone therapy such as aromatase inhibitors, LHRH [luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone] analogs and inhibitors, and others; (b) ablation or embolization procedures such as radiofrequency ablation (RFA), ethanol (alcohol) ablation, microwave thermotherapy and cryosurgery (cryotherapy); (c) chemotherapy using alkylating agents such as cisplatin and carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, and ifosfamide; (d) chemotherapy using anti-metabolites such as azathioprine and mercaptopurine; (e) chemotherapy using plant alkaloids and terpenoids such as vinca alkaloids (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, and vindesine) and taxanes; (f) chemotherapy
- hormone therapy such as aromat
- BRAF inhibitors e.g., vemurafenib, dabrafenib, and LGX818, BRAF inhibitors (e.g., vemurafenib, dabrafenib, and LGX818), MEK inhibitors (e.g., trametinib and MEK162), CDK inhibitors (e.g., PD-0332991), salinomycin, and sorafenib; (j) chemotherapy using monoclonal antibodies such as rituximab (marketed as MABTHERA ® or RITUXAN ® ), trastuzumab (Herceptin also known as ErbB2), cetuximab (marketed as ERBITUX ® ), and bevacizumab (marketed as AVASTIN ® ); (k) chemotherapy using KRAS G12C inhibitors such as sotorasib (Lumakras ® and Lumykras ® ), adagrasib (MRT
- a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat diabetes mellitus in combination with any of the following methods: (a) injections of insulin; (b) biguanides such as metformin (Glucophage), phenformin (DBI), and buformin; (c) thiazolidinediones (TZDs) such as rosiglitazone (Avandia), pioglitazone (Actos), and yroglitazone (Rezulin); (d) lyn kinase activators such as glimepiride (Amaryl ® ) and tolimidone (MLR-1023); (e) secretagogues such as sulfonylureas (non-limiting examples are acetohexamide, carbutamide, chlorpropamide, glycyclamide (tolcyclamide), metahexamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glibenclamide (glyburide), glibornuri
- TGDs rosi
- a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat osteoarthritis in combination with any of the following methods: (d) injections of a Wnt signaling pathway inhibitor (e.g. lorecivivint); (a) nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen, naproxen, aspirin, and acetaminophen; (b) physical therapy; (c) injections of corticosteroid medications; (d) injections of hyaluronic acid derivatives (e.g.
- NSAIDs nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
- Hyalgan, Synvisc Hyalgan, Synvisc
- narcotics like codeine
- f in combination with braces and/or shoe inserts or any device that can immobilize or support your joint to help you keep pressure off it (e.g., splints, braces, shoe inserts or other medical devices);
- splints e.g., splints, braces, shoe inserts or other medical devices
- realigning bones osteotomy
- arthroplasty joint replacement
- i) in combination with a chronic pain class a chronic pain class.
- a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat Alzheimer’s disease in combination with aducanumab (Aduhelm TM ); acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, e.g., tacrine, rivastigmine (Exelon ® ), galantamine (Razadyne ® and GalantaMind TM ), and donepezil (Aricept ® ); and memantine (Axura ® , Ebixa ® , Namenda ® ).
- aducanumab Aduhelm TM
- acetylcholinesterase inhibitors e.g., tacrine, rivastigmine (Exelon ® ), galantamine (Razadyne ® and GalantaMind TM ), and donepezil (Aricept ® ); and memantine (Axura ® , Ebixa ® , Namenda ® ).
- Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration, including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, ontologically, neuro- otologically, intraocularly, subconjuctivally, via anterior eye chamber injection, intravitreally, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intracystically, intrapleurally, via wound irrigation, intrabuccally, intra-abdominally, intra-articularly, intra-aurally, intrabronchially, intracapsularly, intrameningeally, via inhalation, via endotracheal or endobronchial instillation, via direct instillation into pulmonary cavities, intraspinally, intrasynovially, intrathoracically, via thoracostomy irrigation, epidurally, intratympanically, intrac
- the administration method includes oral or parenteral administration.
- Compounds provided herein intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may include solid, semi-solid, liquid, solutions, colloidal, liposomes, emulsions, suspensions, complexes, coacervates and aerosols. Dosage forms, such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, suppositories, aerosols, implants, controlled release, or the like.
- the compounds may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as precipitation, crystallization, milling, grinding, supercritical fluid processing, coacervation, complex coacervation, encapsulation, emulsification, complexation, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio frequency drying may be used for this purpose.
- the compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills (tablets and or capsules), transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, implants, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed administration at a predetermined rate.
- the compounds can be administered either alone or in combination with a conventional pharmaceutical carrier, excipient, or the like.
- compositions include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self- emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d- ⁇ -tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens, poloxamers or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, tris, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium-chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene- polyoxypropylene-
- Cyclodextrins such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, and ⁇ -cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3- hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives can also be used to enhance delivery of compounds described herein.
- Dosage forms or compositions containing a compound as described herein in the range of 0.005% to 100% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared.
- the contemplated compositions may contain 0.001%-100% of a compound provided herein, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%, in a further embodiment 20-80%.
- the compositions will take the form of a unit dosage form such as a pill or tablet and thus the composition may contain, along with a compound provided herein, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, or the like.
- a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like
- a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, or the like.
- a powder, marume, solution or suspension (e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, PEGs, poloxamer 124 or triglycerides) is encapsulated in a capsule (gelatin or cellulose base capsule).
- Unit dosage forms in which one or more compounds provided herein or additional active agents are physically separated are also contemplated, e.g., capsules with granules (or tablets in a capsule) of each drug; two-layer tablets; two-compartment gel caps, etc. Enteric-coated or delayed-release oral dosage forms are also contemplated.
- Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc.
- a compound provided herein and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, or the like
- a carrier e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, or the like
- the pharmaceutical composition can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, co-solvents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like (e.g., sodium acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrin derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and the like).
- the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.25 mg/Kg to about 50 mg/Kg in humans. [0136] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.25 mg/Kg to about 20 mg/Kg in humans. [0137] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.50 mg/Kg to about 19 mg/Kg in humans. [0138] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.75 mg/Kg to about 18 mg/Kg in humans. [0139] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.0 mg/Kg to about 17 mg/Kg in humans.
- the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.25 mg/Kg to about 16 mg/Kg in humans. [0141] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.50 mg/Kg to about 15 mg/Kg in humans. [0142] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.75 mg/Kg to about 14 mg/Kg in humans. [0143] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 2.0 mg/Kg to about 13 mg/Kg in humans. [0144] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 3.0 mg/Kg to about 12 mg/Kg in humans.
- the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 4.0 mg/Kg to about 11 mg/Kg in humans. [0146] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 5.0 mg/Kg to about 10 mg/Kg in humans. [0147] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration. [0148] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for twice a day administration. [0149] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for three times a day administration.
- Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions, colloid, liposomes, complexes, coacervate or suspensions, as emulsions, or in solid forms suitable for reconstitution in liquid prior to injection.
- the percentage of a compound provided herein contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the patient. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.01% to 10% in solution are employable and could be higher if the composition is a solid or suspension, which could be subsequently diluted to the above percentages.
- the composition comprises about 0.1-10% of the active agent in solution.
- the composition comprises about 0.1-5% of the active agent in solution. [0153] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.1-4% of the active agent in solution. [0154] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.15-3% of the active agent in solution. [0155] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.2-2% of the active agent in solution. [0156] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-96 hours. [0157] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-72 hours.
- the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-48 hours. [0159] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-24 hours. [0160] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-12 hours. [0161] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-6 hours. [0162] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m 2 to about 300 mg/m 2 .
- these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m 2 to about 200 mg/m 2 . [0164] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m 2 to about 100 mg/m 2 . [0165] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 10 mg/m 2 to about 50 mg/m 2 . [0166] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 50 mg/m 2 to about 200 mg/m 2 .
- these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 75 mg/m 2 to about 175 mg/m 2 .
- these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 100 mg/m 2 to about 150 mg/m 2 .
- concentrations and dosage values may also vary depending on the specific compound and the severity of the condition to be alleviated.
- compositions can be administered to the respiratory tract (including nasal and pulmonary), e.g., through a nebulizer, metered-dose inhalers, atomizer, mister, aerosol, dry powder inhaler, insufflator, liquid instillation or other suitable device or technique.
- aerosols intended for delivery to the nasal mucosa are provided for inhalation through the nose.
- inhaled particle sizes For optimal delivery to the nasal cavities, inhaled particle sizes of about 5 to about 100 microns are useful, with particle sizes of about 10 to about 60 microns being preferred. For nasal delivery, a larger inhaled particle size may be desired to maximize impaction on the nasal mucosa and to minimize or prevent pulmonary deposition of the administered formulation.
- aerosols intended for delivery to the lung are provided for inhalation through the nose or the mouth.
- inhaled aerodynamic particle sizes of about less than 10 ⁇ m are useful (e.g., about 1 to about 10 microns).
- Inhaled particles may be defined as liquid droplets containing dissolved drug, liquid droplets containing suspended drug particles (in cases where the drug is insoluble in the suspending medium), dry particles of pure drug substance, drug substance incorporated with excipients, liposomes, emulsions, colloidal systems, coacervates, aggregates of drug nanoparticles, or dry particles of a diluent which contain embedded drug nanoparticles.
- compounds of Formula (I) disclosed herein intended for respiratory delivery can be administered as aqueous formulations, as non-aqueous solutions, or suspensions, as suspensions or solutions in halogenated hydrocarbon propellants with or without alcohol, as a colloidal system, as emulsions, coacervates, or as dry powders.
- Aqueous formulations may be aerosolized by liquid nebulizers employing either hydraulic or ultrasonic atomization or by modified micropump systems (like the soft mist inhalers, the Aerodose ® or the AERx ® systems).
- Propellant-based systems may use suitable pressurized metered-dose inhalers (pMDIs).
- Dry powders may use dry powder inhaler devices (DPIs), which are capable of dispersing the drug substance effectively. A desired particle size and distribution may be obtained by choosing an appropriate device.
- DPIs dry powder inhaler devices
- the compositions of Formula (I) disclosed herein can be administered to the ear by various methods. For example, a round window catheter (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.6,440,102 and 6,648,873) can be used.
- formulations can be incorporated into a wick for use between the outer and middle ear (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,484) or absorbed to collagen sponge or other solid support (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.4,164,559).
- formulations of the disclosure can be incorporated into a gel formulation (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.4,474,752 and 6,911,211).
- compounds of Formula (I) disclosed herein intended for delivery to the ear can be administered via an implanted pump and delivery system through a needle directly into the middle or inner ear (cochlea) or through a cochlear implant stylet electrode channel or alternative prepared drug delivery channel such as but not limited to a needle through temporal bone into the cochlea.
- Other options include delivery via a pump through a thin film coated onto a multichannel electrode or electrode with a specially imbedded drug delivery channel (pathways) carved into the thin film for this purpose.
- the acidic or basic solid compound of Formula (I) can be delivered from the reservoir of an external or internal implanted pumping system.
- Formulations of the disclosure also can be administered to the ear by intratympanic injection into the middle ear, inner ear, or cochlea (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.6,377,849 and Ser. No.11/337,815).
- Intratympanic injection of therapeutic agents is the technique of injecting a therapeutic agent behind the tympanic membrane into the middle and/or inner ear.
- the formulations described herein are administered directly onto the round window membrane via transtympanic injection.
- the ion channel modulating agent auris-acceptable formulations described herein are administered onto the round window membrane via a non-transtympanic approach to the inner ear.
- the formulation described herein is administered onto the round window membrane via a surgical approach to the round window membrane comprising modification of the crista fenestrae cochleae.
- the compounds of Formula (I) are formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG (like PEG ointments), and the like.
- Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing a compound provided herein with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt or erode/dissolve in the rectum and release the compound.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, poloxamers, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
- a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter, is first melted.
- Solid compositions can be provided in various different types of dosage forms, depending on the physicochemical properties of the compound provided herein, the desired dissolution rate, cost considerations, and other criteria.
- the solid composition is a single unit. This implies that one unit dose of the compound is comprised in a single, physically shaped solid form or article. In other words, the solid composition is coherent, which is in contrast to a multiple unit dosage form, in which the units are incoherent.
- Examples of single units which may be used as dosage forms for the solid composition include tablets, such as compressed tablets, film-like units, foil-like units, wafers, lyophilized matrix units, and the like.
- the solid composition is a highly porous lyophilized form. Such lyophilizates, sometimes also called wafers or lyophilized tablets, are particularly useful for their rapid disintegration, which also enables the rapid dissolution of the compound.
- the solid composition may also be formed as a multiple unit dosage form as defined above. Examples of multiple units are powders, granules, microparticles, pellets, mini-tablets, beads, lyophilized powders, and the like.
- the solid composition is a lyophilized powder.
- a dispersed lyophilized system comprises a multitude of powder particles, and due to the lyophilization process used in the formation of the powder, each particle has an irregular, porous microstructure through which the powder is capable of absorbing water very rapidly, resulting in quick dissolution.
- Effervescent compositions are also contemplated to aid the quick dispersion and absorption of the compound.
- Another type of multiparticulate system which is also capable of achieving rapid drug dissolution is that of powders, granules, or pellets from water-soluble excipients which are coated with a compound provided herein so that the compound is located at the outer surface of the individual particles.
- the water-soluble low molecular weight excipient may be useful for preparing the cores of such coated particles, which can be subsequently coated with a coating composition comprising the compound and, for example, one or more additional excipients, such as a binder, a pore former, a saccharide, a sugar alcohol, a film-forming polymer, a plasticizer, or other excipients used in pharmaceutical coating compositions.
- a kit includes one or more compounds or compositions as described herein.
- a kit can include one or more delivery systems, e.g., for delivering or administering a compound as provided herein, and directions for use of the kit (e.g., instructions for treating a patient).
- the kit can include a compound or composition as described herein and a label that indicates that the contents are to be administered to a patient with cancer.
- the kit can include a compound or composition as described herein and a label that indicates that the contents are to be administered to a patient with one or more of glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, pancreatic cancers, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, and multiple sclerosis.
- glioblastoma ovarian, breast, pancreatic cancers
- acute lymphoblastic leukemia acute megakaryoblastic leukemia
- chronic myeloid leukemia Alzheimer’s disease
- Alzheimer’s disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- CDKL5 deficiency disorder Down syndrome
- the compounds and compositions provided herein can be used as inhibitors of DYRK1A, and thus can be used to treat a variety of disorders and diseases in which over expression of DYRK1A is implicated, such as cancer and neurological conditions/disorders/diseases.
- Non- limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include a variety of cancers, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, stroke, tauopathies (e.g., Pick’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, argyrophilic grain disease, globular glial tauopathies, primary age-related tauopathy, which includes neurofibrillary tangle dementia, chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions (FTLD- tau), and aging-related tau a
- Clinical symptoms include frontotemporal dementia, corticobasal syndrome, Richardson syndrome, parkinsonism, pure akinesia with gait freezing and, rarely, motor neuron symptoms or cerebellar ataxia, diabetes, psoriasis, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1).
- HAV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
- HCMV human cytomegalovirus
- HCV hepatitis C virus
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus 1
- DYRK1A and DYRK1B are utilized during human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) placental replication.
- HCV hepatitis C virus
- HMV human cytomegalovirus
- HAV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus 1
- diabetes Other forms of diabetes that may be treated with DYRK inhibitors are maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY, monogenic diabetes), cases of diabetes that are caused by the body’s tissue receptors not responding to insulin, double diabetes (when a type 1 diabetic becomes insulin resistant), diabetes associated with excessive secretion of insulin-antagonistic hormones, malnutrition-related diabetes mellitus (ICD-10 code E12), and diabetes caused by any genetic mutations (autosomal or mitochondrial) that leads to defects in beta cell function.
- MODY monogenic diabetes
- cases of diabetes that are caused by the body’s tissue receptors not responding to insulin double diabetes (when a type 1 diabetic becomes insulin resistant)
- diabetes associated with excessive secretion of insulin-antagonistic hormones e.g., malnutrition-related diabetes mellitus (ICD-10 code E12)
- diabetes e.g., diabetes caused by any genetic mutations (autosomal or mitochondrial) that leads to defects in beta cell function.
- pancreatic cancer (Gut (2019), 68(8), 1465–1476 and Gene (2020), 758, 144960), brain tumors, glioblastoma (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2013), 123(6), 2475-2487), acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (AMKL) (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2012), 122(3), 948–962), and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2021), 131(1), e135937).
- ANKL acute megakaryoblastic leukemia
- ALL acute lymphoblastic leukemia
- DYRK1A ovarian (Frontiers in Oncology (2021), 11, 637193), head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (Scientific Reports (2016), 6, 36132), hepatocellular carcinoma (Cell Death & Disease (2021), 12, 125), DYRK1A regulates DNA damage response (Scientific Reports (2019), 9, 6014 and Scientific Reports (2019), 9, 6539). In some situations, DYRK1A appears to function as a tumor-suppressor protein (Molecular & Cellular Oncology (2015), 2(1), e970048 and Nature (2016), 529, 172–177). [0192] Other cancers can also be treated with the compounds and compositions described herein.
- cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods described herein include, but are not limited to, the following: [0194] 1) Breast cancers, including, for example ER + breast cancer, ER- breast cancer, her2- breast cancer, her2 + breast cancer, stromal tumors such as fibroadenomas, phyllodes tumors, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papillomas; carcinomas of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget’s disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma; chemoresistant breast cancers (TNBC), and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms.
- TNBC chemoresistant breast cancers
- breast cancers can include luminal A, luminal B, basal A, basal B, and triple negative breast cancer, which is estrogen receptor negative (ER-), progesterone receptor negative, and her2 negative (her2-).
- the breast cancer may have a high risk Oncotype score.
- Cardiac cancers including, for example sarcoma, e.g., angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and liposarcoma; myxoma; rhabdomyoma; fibroma; lipoma and teratoma.
- Lung cancers including, for example, bronchogenic carcinoma, e.g., squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, and adenocarcinoma; alveolar and bronchiolar carcinoma; bronchial adenoma; sarcoma; lymphoma; chondromatous hamartoma; chemoresistant small cell lung cancer (SCLC), and mesothelioma.
- bronchogenic carcinoma e.g., squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, and adenocarcinoma
- alveolar and bronchiolar carcinoma bronchial adenoma
- sarcoma sarcoma
- lymphoma chondromatous hamartoma
- SCLC chemoresistant small cell lung cancer
- Gastrointestinal cancer including, for example, cancers of the esophagus, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and lymphoma; cancers of the stomach, e.g., carcinoma, lymphoma, and leiomyosarcoma; cancers of the pancreas, e.g., ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, and vipoma; colon cancers with APC gene mutations; cancers of the small bowel, e.g., adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi’s sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, and fibroma; cancers of the large bowel, e.g., adenocar
- Genitourinary tract cancers including, for example, cancers of the kidney, e.g., adenocarcinoma, Wilm’s tumor (nephroblastoma), lymphoma, and leukemia; cancers of the bladder and urethra, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; cancers of the prostate, e.g., adenocarcinoma, and sarcoma; cancer of the testis, e.g., seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, and lipoma.
- adenocarcinoma Wilm’s tumor (nephroblastoma), lymphoma, and leukemia
- Liver cancers including, for example, hepatoma, e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma; cholangiocarcinoma; hepatoblastoma; angiosarcoma; hepatocellular adenoma; and hemangioma.
- hepatoma e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma
- cholangiocarcinoma e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma
- hepatoblastoma hepatoblastoma
- angiosarcoma hepatocellular adenoma
- hemangioma hemangioma
- Bone cancers including, for example, osteogenic sarcoma (osteosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing’s sarcoma, malignant lymphoma (reticulum cell sarcoma), multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochrondroma (osteocartilaginous exostoses), benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma and giant cell tumors.
- osteogenic sarcoma osteosarcoma
- fibrosarcoma malignant fibrous histiocytoma
- chondrosarcoma chondrosarcoma
- Ewing’s sarcoma malignant lymphoma (reticulum cell sarcoma)
- multiple myeloma malignant giant cell tumor chordoma
- Nervous system cancers including, for example, cancers of the skull, e.g., osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, and osteitis deformans; cancers of the meninges, e.g., meningioma, meningiosarcoma, and gliomatosis; cancers of the brain, e.g., astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma (pinealoma), glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, oligodendrocytoma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, and congenital tumors; and cancers of the spinal cord, e.g., neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, and sarcoma; pediatric brain cancer, e.g., neurofibroma
- Gynecological cancers including, for example, cancers of the uterus, e.g., endometrial cancers (e.g., carcinoma, endometrioid adenocarcinoma, serous carcinoma, clear cell carcinoma, mucinous carcinomas, mixed or undifferentiated carcinoma (including mixed Müllerian tumor), endometrial stromal sarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the endometrium, urothelial carcinoma, endometrial cancer with CTNNB1 mutations); cancers of the cervix, e.g., cervical carcinoma, and pre tumor cervical dysplasia; cancers of the ovaries, e.g., BRCA-mutant ovarian cancer, surface epithelial-stromal tumors (epithelial ovarian cancer (Type 1 (endometroid, mucinous, clear cell, low grade serous) or Type 2 (poorly differentiated, carcinosarcoma, and high grade serous))
- Hematologic cancers including, for example, cancers of the blood, e.g., acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes (refractory cytopenia with unilineage dysplasia (refractory anemia, refractory neutropenia, and refractory thrombocytopenia), refractory anemia with ring sideroblasts, refractory cytopenia with multilineage dysplasia, refractory anemias with excess blasts I and II, refractory cytopenia of childhood), and myeloproliferative neoplasms, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, myelodysplastic syndrome, myelodysplastic–myeloproliferative diseases, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (mal
- Skin cancers and skin disorders including, for example, malignant melanoma and metastatic melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, keloids, and scleroderma.
- Adrenal gland cancers including, for example, neuroblastoma.
- Soft-tissue sarcomas such as fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, dermatofibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (also called neurofibrosarcomas, malignant schwannomas, and neurogenic sarcomas), neurofibrosarcoma, extraskeletal chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal osteosarcoma, extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal mesenchymal, embryonal, alveolar soft part sarcoma, and infantile hemangio-pericytoma.
- STS Soft-tissue sarcomas
- tumors of the central nervous system that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods described herein include: [0208] 1) Astrocytic tumors, e.g., diffuse astrocytoma (fibrillary, protoplasmic, gemistocytic, mixed), anaplastic (malignant) astrocytoma, glioblastoma multiforme (giant cell glioblastoma and gliosarcoma), pilocytic astrocytoma (pilomyxoid astrocytoma), pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, subependymal giant cell astrocytoma, and gliomatosis cerebri.
- Astrocytic tumors e.g., diffuse astrocytoma (fibrillary, protoplasmic, gemistocytic, mixed), anaplastic (malignant) astrocytoma, glioblastoma multiforme (giant cell glioblastom
- Oligodendroglial tumors e.g., oligodendroglioma and anaplastic oligodendroglioma.
- Oligoastrocytic tumors e.g., oligoastrocytoma and anaplastic oligoastrocytoma.
- Ependymal tumors e.g., subependymoma, myxopapillary ependymoma, ependymoma, (cellular, papillary, clear cell, tanycytic), and anaplastic (malignant) ependymoma.
- Neuronal and mixed neuronal-glial tumors e.g., gangliocytoma, ganglioglioma, dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNET), dysplastic gangliocytoma of the cerebellum (Lhermitte-Duclos), desmoplastic infantile astrocytoma/ganglioglioma, central neurocytoma, anaplastic ganglioglioma, extraventricular neurocytoma, cerebellar liponeurocytoma, Papillary glioneuronal tumor, Rosette-forming glioneuronal tumor of the fourth ventricle, and paraganglioma of the filum terminale.
- gangliocytoma e.g., gangliocytoma, ganglioglioma, dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNET), dysplastic gangliocytoma of the cerebellum (Lhermitte-Duclos), desmoplastic infantile
- Pineal tumors e.g., pineocytoma, pineoblastoma, papillary tumors of the pineal region, and pineal parenchymal tumor of intermediate differentiation.
- Embryonal tumors e.g., medulloblastoma (medulloblastoma with extensive nodularity, anaplastic medulloblastoma, desmoplastic, large cell, melanotic, medullomyoblastoma), medulloepithelioma, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, and primitive neuroectodermal tumors (PNETs) such as neuroblastoma, ganglioneuroblastoma, ependymoblastoma, and atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor.
- PNETs neuroectodermal tumors
- Neuroblastic tumors e.g., olfactory (esthesioneuroblastoma), olfactory neuroepithelioma, and neuroblastomas of the adrenal gland and sympathetic nervous system.
- Glial tumors e.g., astroblastoma, chordoid glioma of the third ventricle, and angiocentric glioma.
- Tumors of cranial and paraspinal nerves e.g., schwannoma, neurofibroma Perineurioma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor.
- Tumors of the meninges such as tumors of meningothelial cells, e.g., meningioma (atypical meningioma and anaplastic meningioma); mesenchymal tumors, e.g., lipoma, angiolipoma, hibernoma, liposarcoma, solitary fibrous tumor, fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, leiomyoma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, chondroma, chondrosarcoma, osteoma, osteosarcoma, osteochondroma, haemangioma, epithelioid hemangioendothelioma, haemangiopericytoma, anaplastic haemangiopericytoma, angiosarcoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and Ewing
- Tumors of the hematopoietic system e.g., malignant lymphomas, plasmocytoma, and granulocytic sarcoma.
- Germ cell tumors e.g., germinoma, embryonal carcinoma, yolk sac tumor, choriocarcinoma, teratoma, and mixed germ cell tumors.
- Tumors of the sellar region e.g., craniopharyngioma, granular cell tumor, pituicytoma, and spindle cell oncocytoma of the adenohypophysis.
- Cancers may be solid tumors that may or may not be metastatic.
- cancers may also occur, as in leukemia, as a diffuse tissue.
- tumor cell includes a cell afflicted by any one of the above identified disorders.
- a method of treating cancer using a compound or composition as described herein may be combined with existing methods of treating cancers, for example by chemotherapy, irradiation, or surgery (e.g., oophorectomy).
- a compound or composition can be administered before, during, or after another anticancer agent or treatment.
- DYRK1A phosphorylates key substrates involved in Alzheimer’s disease and dementia: Tau, septin 4, amyloid precursor protein (APP), presenilin 1, neprilysin, Munc18-1, ⁇ -synuclein, RCAN1, and ⁇ -tubulin.
- DYRK1A By modulating alternative splicing of Tau exon 10, DYRK1A favors the production of the 3R-Tau splice isoform (characteristic for DS/AD/tauopathy) over the 4R-Tau isoform (Journal of Biological Chemistry (2015), 290, 15219– 15237).
- GWAS Genome-wide association studies
- DYRK1A phosphorylates key factors for Parkinson’s disease such as parkin, septin 4, and ⁇ -synuclein. Upregulation of micro-RNAs specific for Parkinson’s disease targets DYRK1A expression.
- DYRK1A expression is increased in Parkinson’s disease and in Pick’s disease (Neurobiology of Disease (2005), 20(2), 392–400).
- the compounds and compositions provided herein can be used as inhibitors and/or modulators of the enzyme DYRK1A, and thus can be used to treat a variety of disorders and diseases associated with tau protein, including, but not limited to, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia (FTD) including FTD with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia (bvFTD), FTD in patients with motor neuron disease (MND) (typically amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, also called FTD-ALS), corticobasal degeneration (CBD) (also called corticobasal ganglionic degeneration), progressive supranuclear palsy, primary progressive aphasia (PPA), globular glial tauopathy (GGT), myo
- Non-limiting examples of neurological disorders which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include Alzheimer’s disease, aphasia, apraxia, arachnoiditis, ataxia telangiectasia, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, auditory processing disorder, autism, alcoholism, Bell’s palsy, bipolar disorder, brachial plexus injury, Canavan disease, carpal tunnel syndrome, causalgia, central pain syndrome, central pontine myelinolysis, centronuclear myopathy, cephalic disorder, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral atrophy, cerebral gigantism, cerebral palsy, cerebral vasculitis, cervical spinal stenosis, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, Chiari malformation, chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), chronic pain, Coffin–Lowry syndrome, complex regional pain syndrome, compression neuropathy, congenital facial diplegia,
- CIDP chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyn
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the disorder or disease is cancer.
- the disorder or disease is metastatic melanoma.
- the disorder or disease is tendon regeneration.
- the disorder or disease is diabetes.
- the disorder or disease is degenerative disc disease.
- the disorder or disease is osteoarthritis.
- the disorder or disease is a viral infection.
- the disorder or disease is a neurological disorder.
- the disorder or disease is Alzheimer’s disease.
- the disorder or disease is osteoarthritis.
- the patient is a human.
- the cancer is chosen from: hepatocellular carcinoma, colon cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin lymphoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, and ovarian cancer.
- CML chronic myeloid leukemia
- CLL chronic lymphocytic leukemia
- acute myeloid leukemia acute lymphocytic leukemia
- Hodgkin lymphoma lymphoma
- lymphoma lymphoma
- sarcoma sarcoma
- the cancer is chosen from: lung cancer - non-small cell, lung cancer - small cell, multiple myeloma, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, penile cancer, pituitary tumors, prostate cancer, retinoblastoma, synovial sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer - basal and squamous cell, skin cancer – melanoma, small intestine cancer, stomach (gastric) cancers, testicular cancer, thymus cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, laryngeal or hypopharyngeal cancer, kidney cancer, Kaposi sarcoma, gestational trophoblastic disease, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gallbladder cancer, eye cancer (melanoma and lymphoma), Ewing tumor,
- the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is colon cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic myeloid leukemia (CML); in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic myelomonocytic leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); in some embodiments, the cancer is acute myeloid leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is acute lymphocytic leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is Hodgkin lymphoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is lymphoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is sarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer - non-small cell; in some embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer - small cell; in some
- the disorder or disease is a neurological condition, disorder, or disease, wherein the neurological disease is selected from: Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal dementias, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, multiple system atrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), inclusion body myositis, autism, degenerative myopathies.
- the neurological disease is selected from: Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal dementias, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, multiple system atrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), inclusion body myositis, autism, degenerative myopathies.
- the disorder or disease is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke.
- a compound of Formula (I) inhibits DYRK1A.
- the method treats a disease or disorder mediated by kinase activity in a patient, the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the disease or disorder comprises tumor growth, cell proliferation, or angiogenesis.
- the method inhibits the activity of a protein kinase receptor, the method comprises contacting the receptor with an effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the method treats a disease or disorder associated with aberrant cellular proliferation in a patient; the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the method prevents or reduces abnormal cellular proliferation in a patient; the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the method treats a disease or disorder associated with aberrant cellular proliferation in a patient, the method comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more of the compounds of claim 1 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more other agents.
- Evaluation of Biological Activity [0254] The biological activity of the compounds described herein can be tested using any suitable assay known to those of skill in the art. For example, the activity of a compound may be tested using one or more of the test methods outlined below.
- in vitro assays for DYRK1A biological activity may be used, e.g., regulation of microtubule-associated protein tau (MAPT/Tau) phosphorylation in neuronal cell lines such as the human SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cell line.
- Assays for DYRK1A-regulated level of phosphorylation can include monitoring levels of basal pSer396 Tau, which can be measured, for example, by serial dilutions of a candidate inhibitor composition using a ten micromolar top concentration and detected by ELISA or Western Blotting.
- An exemplary assay for DYRK-1A-regulated phosphorylation uses the SH-SY5Y cells cultured in a 96 well plate format for a period of time sufficient to stabilize microtubules and Tau phosphorylation, usually at least 2 days, then treated with a 1/3 serial dilution of compounds overnight and lysed. The cell lysate is resolved by SDS PAGE, then transferred to nitrocellulose and probed with an antibody specific for pSer396 Tau. The chemiluminescence signal for HRP-linked antibodies used in western blotting is detected using a Carestream Image Station and blot densitometry for pSer396 and beta-actin are analyzed using ImageJ (NIH).
- the activity of a candidate compound can be measured by phosphoTau (Thr212) AlphaLISA by adding the lysate mentioned above onto total Tau-coated plates and detected with a specific pThr212Tau antibody. Colorimetric detection of AlphaLISA signal is performed by EnVision Multilabel Plate Reader (Perkin Elmer).
- Peak positions are expressed in parts per million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane.
- the peak multiplicities are denoted as follows, s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; ABq, AB quartet; quin, quintet; sex, sextet; sep, septet; non, nonet; dd, doublet of doublets; ddd, doublet of doublets of doublets; d/ABq, doublet of AB quartet; dt, doublet of triplets; td, triplet of doublets; dq, doublet of quartets; m, multiplet.
- Scheme 1 describes a method for preparation of pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine derivatives (VI) by first coupling the chloride (I) with a variety of amines (II) to produce bromo pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine III. Formation of a variety of boronic acid pinacol esters by reacting various bromides (IV) with bis(pinacolato)diboron followed by Suzuki coupling with bromide (IV) produces the final pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (VI).
- Scheme 2 describes a method for preparation of pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine derivatives (VI) by oxidizing sulfide VII to the sulfone VIII. Sulfone VIII can then be coupled with a variety of amines (II) to produce bromo pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine III followed by Suzuki coupling with a variety of boronic acids (IX) to produce the final pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (VI).
- Steps 2-3 To a solution of methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XII) (190 g, 867.44 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (1900 mL) was added dropwise 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl isocyanate (179.76 g, 954.18 mmol, 113.06 mL, 1.1 eq.) at 0 ⁇ 5°C, then warmed to room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was then added dropwise to NH 3 /MeOH (7 M, 1.24 L, 10 eq) at room temperature, stirred at room temperature for 1 h to give a yellow suspension. The above reaction was performed twice.
- Step 4 To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-1-ureido-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIII) (67 g, 255.67 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (4 L) was added TMSOK (65.60 g, 511.33 mmol, 2 eq.) in portions at 0 ⁇ 5°C under N 2 . After stirring for 5 min, the reaction became a thick slurry. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 16 h. LCMS showed ⁇ 25.8% of starting material remained. An additional portion of TMSOK (16.40 g, 127.83 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was added at room temperature and stirred for 3 h.
- Step 5 To a solution of POCl 3 (1500 mL) was added 5-bromopyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (XIV) (180 g, 782.55 mmol, 1 eq.) in portions at room temperature. N,N-Diethylaniline (291.95 g, 1.96 mol, 312.92 mL, 2.5 eq.) was then added dropwise at room temperature (a little exothermic). After addition, the reaction was heated to 105°C for 48 h. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed but the intermediate remained, ⁇ 4.3% of desired product was formed.
- the reaction was cooled to 90°C, added an additional POCl 3 (500 mL) in one portion, then heated to reflux gently for 24 h.
- LCMS showed most of intermediate remained, ⁇ 11.9% of desired product was formed.
- the reaction was heated to reflux gently for another 4 days.
- LCMS showed ⁇ 7.4% of intermediate remained, ⁇ 55.5% of desired product was formed.
- the reaction was cooled to 40°C and distilled under reduced pressure to remove most of POCl 3 .
- the residue was diluted with MeTHF (5 L), poured into ice-H 2 O (2 L), the added brine (1 L), and separated.
- the aqueous layer was extracted with MeTHF (1.5 L x 2).
- the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with THF (30 mL x 3). The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) before adding DDQ (1.45 g, 6.38 mmol) in portions. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under N 2 for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (500 mL), separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (500 mL x 2).
- Step 2 To a solution of methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XVIII) (2.1 g, 6.98 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0°C under N 2 was added slowly NaH (0.43 g, 10.63 mmol) in small portions. The suspension was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To the suspension was added (2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl)trimethylsilane (1.9 mL, 10.74 mmol) at 0°C under N 2 .
- XVIII 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate
- reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 h before quenching with ice-water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL).
- EtOAc 3 x 30 mL
- the EtOAc layer was evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (100% hexanes) to produce methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIX) (2.76 g, 6.401 mmol, 91.7% yield) as an amber liquid.
- Step 6 To a solution of methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXII) (500 mg, 2.11 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added pyridine (210 ⁇ L, 2.6 mmol) and methyl carbonochloridate (180 ⁇ L, 2.33 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 min.
- N,N-Diethylaniline (0.7 mL, 4.4 mmol) was then added dropwise at room temperature. The reaction was heated at 105°C for 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum before adding water (20 mL) and extracting with EtOAc. The organic layer was stripped onto Celite ® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 ⁇ 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce 5-bromo-2,4-dichloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XXV) (175 mg, 0.614 mmol, 34.6% yield) as an off-white solid.
- XXV 5-bromo-2,4-dichloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine
- the LC/MS shows 5-bromo-2-chloro-6-fluoro-3,4-dihydropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (ESIMS found for C 6 H 4 BrClFN 3 m/z 251.9 (M+1)).
- the reaction mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with THF (3 x 30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (1 mL). DDQ (60 mg, 0.26 mmol) was then added in portions at room temperature. After addition, the reaction was stirred at room temperature under N 2 for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and to the filtrate was added aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 (500 mL).
- Step 2 To a solution of 5-bromo-N-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-nitroaniline (XXIX) (12.0 g, 42.86 mmol) in HOAc/HCl (500/50 mL) was added Fe (30.0 g, 428.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 30 minutes, then cooled to room temperature and filtered. NaNO 2 (3.0 g, 53.58 mmol) in water (20 mL) was then added dropwise into the above acid solution at 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 h at 0°C.
- reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (300 mL) and H 2 O (300 mL). The pH was adjusted >7 with NaHCO 3 .
- the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 500 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (3 x 500 mL). The organic layers was concentrated, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to give the crude.
- XXXVII 5-Chloro-3-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
- XXXVII White solid (836 mg, 3.431 mmol, 63.9% yield).
- XXXIX 5-Chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
- XXXIX Amber viscous solid (300 mg, 1.353 mmol, 22.7% yield).
- trans-4- (dibenzylamino)cyclohexan-1-ol (XLV) (20.0 g, 67.7 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added at -70°C under N 2 and stirred for 30 min.
- TEA 21.92 g, 216.64 mmol was then added and the mixture was stirred at -70°C warming to room temperature over 3 h.
- the reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (800 mL) and extracted with DCM (800 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a residue.
- Step 4 To a solution of trans-4-(dibenzylamino)-1-ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVII) (1.5 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOAc (50.0 mL), 10% Pd/C (0.4 g), 20% Pd(OH) 2 /C (0.4 g) was purged with H 2 . The mixture was stirred under a H 2 atm at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filter through Celite ® and concentrated under high vacuum to give trans-4-amino-1- ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVIII) (390 mg, 2.723 mmol, 58.7% yield) as a white solid.
- XLVIII trans-4-amino-1- ethylcyclohexan-1-ol
- Step 2 [0309] 5-Bromo-2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (I) (commercially available from Advanced ChemBlocks Inc.) (1.5 g, 6.45 mmol), [3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl]boronic acid (XLIX) (1.63 g, 6.78 mmol), Pd(OAc) 2 (45 mg, 0.2 mmol) and QPhos (270 mg, 0.38 mmol) were dissolved in dry1,4-dioxane (35 mL) and purged with Ar for 5 min.
- XLIX [3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl]boronic acid
- Pd(OAc) 2 45 mg, 0.2 mmol
- QPhos 270 mg, 0.38 mmol
- Step 3 [0310] 5-(2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methylimidazo [4,5-b]pyridine (L) (150 mg, 0.43 mmol) and tert-butyl (3R,4R)-4-amino-3- fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LI) (123 mg, 0.56 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). DIPEA (200 ⁇ L, 1.15 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 120°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was added to water (15 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h.
- DIPEA 200 ⁇ L, 1.15 mmol
- Step 4 [0311] tert-Butyl (3R,4R)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LII) (228 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL). TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h.
- Step 5 A mixture of 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)-N-((3R,4R)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LIII) (80 mg, 0.19 mmol), 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (LIV) (32.mg, 0.23 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (65 mg, 0.47 mmol) were taken in DMF (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to 65°C for 16 h.
- LIII 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)-N-((3R,4R)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin
- Steps 2-3 [0315] To a mixture of 7-bromo-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LVI) (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) and palladium (9 mg, 0.01 mmol) in degassed MeOH-d 4 (2 ml) was added NaBD 4 (2 mg, 0.05 mmol).
- LVI 7-bromo-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine
- reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue partitioned between DCM/water, organic layer separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , the solvent was stripped onto Celite ® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 ⁇ 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-bromopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4- d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LVII) (136 mg, 0.328 mmol, 38.2% yield) as a beige solid.
- reaction mixture was purged with N 2 for 5 min and then heated to 110°C for 40 min.
- the reaction mixture was reduced in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to give tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3- fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LVIII) (116 mg, 0.218 mmol, 66.6% yield) as a yellow solid.
- reaction was cooled to room temperature and 1.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed (leaving 1.1 mL behind) and was added to a separate vial.
- NaBH(OAc) 3 60 mg, 0.28 mmol was added, and the reaction was stirred for 10 min.
- the CHCl 3 layer was stripped onto Celite ® and purified by column chromatography (0 ⁇ 6% 7 N NH 3 in MeOH/CHCl 3 ) to produce 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine (131) (15 mg, 0.031 mmol, 22.1% yield) as a yellow solid.
- the DYRK1A kinase assay was run using the Ser/Thr 18 peptide Z-lyte assay kit according to manufacturer’s instructions (Life Technologies- a Division of Thermo-Fisher). This is a non-radioactive assay using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) between coumarin and fluorescein to detect kinase activity which is represented as a ratio of coumarin emission/fluorescein emission.
- FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
- Emission ratio was calculated as a ratio of the coumarin (C) emission signal (at 445 nm)/Fluorescein (F) emission signal (at 520 nm).
- the percent phosphorylation was then calculated using the following formula: [1 - ((Em ratio X F100%)-C100%)/ ((C0%-C100%) + (Em ratio X (F100% - F0%))].
- Dose-response curves were generated, and inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) values were calculated using non-linear regression curve fit in the Dotmatics’ Studies Software (Bishops Stortford, UK).
- Table 2 shows the measured activity for representative compounds of Formula (I) as described herein. Table 2.
- Example 5 Representative compounds were screened using the assay procedure for tau phosphorylation activity described below.
- HEK293T cells ATCC, CRL3216
- DMEM Thermo Fisher Scientific, 10566024
- FBS FBS
- Penicillin/Streptomycin Thermo Fisher Scientific, 15140163
- the HEK293T cells were then transiently transfected with 5 ⁇ g DYRK1A (NM_001396) human untagged clone (OriGene, SC314641) and 2.5 ⁇ g MAPT (441 a.a. Tau gene) (NM_005910) human untagged clone (OriGene, TP313312) using Lipofectamine 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific, L30000015) and incubated for 20-30 hours in a humidified incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 .
- HEK293T cells transfected with the DYRK1A and MAPT expression vectors were harvested and seeded in BioCoat poly-D lysine coated 96-well plates (Corning, 354461) at 3 x 10 4 cells/well.
- the above synthesized compounds were screened using the cell assay procedure to assess decreased Tau phosphorylation at Thr212 (pThr212) described below.
- DMSO Sigma-Aldrich, D8418-100 mL
- Lysates were spun down at 12,000g for 10 min to remove any cellular debris and 5 ⁇ L of lysates were dispensed into a 384-well Opti-Plate (Perkin Elmer, 6007290) for the measurement of Tau phosphorylation in the phosphoTau (Thr212) AlphaLISA assay.
- Donor antibody, biotinylated HT7Tau (Thermo Fisher Scientific, MN1000B), and acceptor antibody, pThr212Tau (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 44740G) were both added to the cell lysates at a final concentration of 3 nM and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
- anti-rabbit IgG(Fc specific) AlphaLISA acceptor beads (Perkin Elmer, AL104C) were added at a 10 ug/mL final concentration and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature protected from light.
- AlphaScreen streptavidin donor beads (PerkinElmer, 6760002) were added at 40 ug/mL final concentration and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature protected from light.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds for treating various diseases and pathologies are disclosed. More particularly, the present disclosure concerns the use of pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds or analogs thereof, in the treatment of disorders characterized by overexpression of DYRK1A (e.g., cancer, Down syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, viral infections, and osteoarthritis).
Description
PYRROLO[2,1-F][1,2,4]TRIAZINES AND PREPARATION AND USES THEREOF RELATED APPLICATIONS [001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/494,951, filed April 7, 2023, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. BACKGROUND Technical Field [002] This disclosure relates to inhibitors of dual-specificity tyrosine phosphorylation- regulated 1A kinase, and compositions comprising the same. More particularly, it concerns the use of a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound or salts or analogs thereof, in the treatment of disorders characterized by the abnormal expression and/or activity of DYRK1A (e.g., cancer, Down syndrome, Alzheimer’s disease, diabetes, viral infections, and osteoarthritis). Background [003] Dual-specificity tyrosine phosphorylation-regulated kinases (DYRK1A, 1B, 2-4) comprise a family of protein kinases within the CMGC group of the eukaryotic kinome. These protein kinases are involved in multiple cellular functions, including intracellular signaling, mRNA splicing, chromatin transcription, DNA damage repair, cell survival, cell cycle control, differentiation, homocysteine/methionine/folate regulation, body temperature regulation, endocytosis, neuronal development, synaptic plasticity, etc. Abnormal expression and/or activity of some of these kinases, DYRK1A in particular, is seen in many human nervous system diseases, such as cognitive deficits associated with Down syndrome, Alzheimer’s disease, and related diseases, tauopathies, dementia, Pick’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and other neurodegenerative diseases, Phelan-McDermid syndrome, autism, and CDKL5 deficiency disorder. DYRKs are also involved in diabetes, abnormal folate/methionine metabolism, osteoarthritis, several solid cancers (glioblastoma, breast, and pancreatic cancers) and leukemias (acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia), viral infections (influenza, HIV-1, HCMV, HCV, CMV, HPV), as well as infections caused by unicellular parasites (Leishmania, Trypanosoma, Plasmodium) (International Journal of Molecular Sciences (2021), 22(11), 6047). DYRK1A has also been identified as a critical stabilizer of EGFR (Cell Death & Disease (2019), 10, 282) which is a crucial factor contributing to the keratinization, cell hyperproliferation, abnormal differentiation and inflammatory infiltration during the progress of psoriasis.
SUMMARY [004] The present disclosure provides methods and reagents, involving contacting a cell with an agent, such as a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound, in a sufficient amount to antagonize DYRK1A activity, e.g., reduce the proliferation of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, luminal/HER2 breast cancer (Cell (2016), 164(1-2), 293–309) or pancreatic adenocarcinoma, as well as impair the self-renewal capacity of glioblastoma and compromise ovarian cancer spheroid cell viability (Molecular Cancer Research (2017), 15(4), 371–381). [005] The present disclosure also provides methods and reagents, involving contacting a cell with an agent, such as a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compound, in a sufficient amount to antagonize DYRK1A activity, e.g., i) to normalize prenatal and early postnatal brain development; ii) to improve cognitive function in youth and adulthood; and/or iii) to attenuate Alzheimer’s-type neurodegeneration. [006] Some embodiments disclosed herein include DYRK1A inhibitors containing a pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine core. Other embodiments disclosed herein include pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment using these compounds. [007] One embodiment disclosed herein includes a compound having the structure of Formula (I):
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and halide; R2 is 9-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-10 R4; R3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 R5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R6; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pcarbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R7, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl);
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 R8, –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R9, –(C1-5 alkylene)pOR10, and –C(=O)R11, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl); alternatively, two R5 attached to the same carbon atom are taken together to form a carbonyl group; each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –CN, –OR12, and –NR13(=O)R14; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –CN; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pOR10, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl); each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); and each p is independently 0 or 1;
wherein each H atom is optionally, independently replaced by 2H (D) (deuterium). [008] Some embodiments include stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of Formula (I). Some embodiments include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of Formula (I). [009] Some embodiments include pro-drugs of a compound of Formula (I). [010] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient. [011] Other embodiments disclosed herein include methods of inhibiting DYRK1A by administering to a patient affected by a disorder or disease in which DYRK1A overexpression is implicated, such as Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke. [012] Inhibitors of DYRK1A can also be used to treat tauopathies. Tauopathies are neurodegenerative disorders characterized by the deposition of abnormal tau protein in the brain. The spectrum of tau pathologies expands beyond the traditionally discussed disease forms like Pick’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and argyrophilic grain disease. Emerging entities and pathologies include globular glial tauopathies, primary age-related tauopathy, which includes neurofibrillary tangle dementia, chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions (FTLD-tau), and aging-related tau astrogliopathy. Clinical symptoms include frontotemporal dementia, corticobasal syndrome, Richardson syndrome, parkinsonism, pure akinesia with gait freezing and, rarely, motor neuron symptoms or cerebellar ataxia (Handbook of Clinical Neurology (2018), 145, 355-368 and Aging Cell (2019), 18(5), e13000). [013] Inhibitors of DYRK1A can also be used to treat disorders associated with abnormal folate/methionine metabolism. [014] Non-limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include a variety of cancers, diabetes, psoriasis, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1).
[015] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include methods to prepare compounds of Formula (I). [016] It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the disclosure, as claimed. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [017] Provided herein are compositions and methods for inhibiting DYRK1A. [018] Some embodiments provided herein relate to a method for treating a disease including, but not limited to, neurological diseases or disorders, cancers, cognitive deficits, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, viral infections, unicellular parasite infections, and motor deficits. [019] In some embodiments, non-limiting examples of a neurological disease or disorder which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease tauopathies, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke. [020] In some embodiments, non-limiting examples of cancers which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include solid cancers (e.g., glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, and pancreatic cancers) and leukemias (e.g., acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, and chronic myeloid leukemia). [021] In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are provided that are effective for treatment of a disease of an animal, e.g., a mammal, caused by DYRK1A overexpression. The composition includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound as described herein. Definitions [022] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. All patents, applications, published applications, and other publications are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that there is a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.
[023] As used herein, “alkyl” means a branched, or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, sec-pentyl and neo-pentyl. Alkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, alkyl groups include 1 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms). [024] As used herein, “alkenyl” means a straight or branched chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, and the like. In various embodiments, alkenyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Typically, alkenyl groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms). [025] As used herein, “alkynyl” means a straight or branched chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, and the like. In various embodiments, alkynyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Typically, alkynyl groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms). [026] As used herein, “alkylene” means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen, such as methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, iso-propylene, n-butylene, iso-butylene, sec-butylene, tert-butylene, n-pentylene, iso-pentylene, sec-pentylene and neo-pentylene. Alkylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, alkylene groups include 1 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms). [027] As used herein, “alkenylene” means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenylene, 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-methyl-1-propenylene, 1- butenylene, 2-butenylene, and the like. In various embodiments, alkenylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Typically, alkenylene groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms). [028] As used herein, “alkynylene” means a bivalent branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynylene, 1-propynylene, 1-butynylene, 2-butynylene, and the like. In various
embodiments, alkynylene groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Typically, alkynylene groups will comprise 2 to 9 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 carbon atoms). [029] As used herein, “alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as described herein. Exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy and heptoxy, and also the linear or branched positional isomers thereof. [030] As used herein, “haloalkoxy” means a haloalkyl-O— group in which the haloalkyl group is as described herein. Exemplary haloalkoxy groups include fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and also the linear or branched positional isomers thereof. [031] As used herein, “carbocyclyl” means a cyclic ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclohexenyl. Carbocyclyls may include multiple fused rings. Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic. Carbocyclyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, carbocyclyl groups include 3 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, 3 to 6 carbon atoms. [032] As used herein, “aryl” means a mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group with only carbon atoms present in the ring backbone having 5 to 14 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic. Aryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of aryl include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H- indenyl, and others. In some embodiments, the aryl is phenyl. [033] As used herein, “arylalkylene” means an aryl-alkylene- group in which the aryl and alkylene moieties are as previously described. In some embodiments, arylalkylene groups contain a C1-4alkylene moiety. Exemplary arylalkylene groups include benzyl and 2-phenethyl. [034] As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” means a mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. Heteroaryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of heteroaryl include thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiodiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, thiazolyl benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzofuranyl,
benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, thienopyridinyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine, pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridinyl, tetrazolyl, chromane, 2,3- dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine, benzo[d][1,3]dioxole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, tetrahydroquinoline, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]oxathiine, isoindoline, and others. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoindolinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl. [035] As used herein, “halo,” “halide,” or “halogen” is a chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo atom radical. In some embodiments, a halo is a chloro, bromo or fluoro. For example, a halide can be fluoro. [036] As used herein, “haloalkyl” means a hydrocarbon substituent, which is a linear or branched alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl substituted with one or more chloro, bromo, fluoro, and/or iodo atom(s). In some embodiments, a haloalkyl is a fluoroalkyl, wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been substituted by fluoro. In some embodiments, haloalkyls are 1 to 3 carbons in length (e.g., 1 to 2 carbons in length or 1 carbon in length). The term “haloalkylene” means a diradical variant of haloalkyl, and such diradicals may act as spacers between radicals, other atoms, or between a ring and another functional group. [037] As used herein, “heterocyclyl” means a nonaromatic cyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Heterocyclyls may include multiple fused rings such as bicyclic and spirocyclic heterocyclyls. Heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, heterocycles have 3-11 members. In six membered monocyclic heterocycles, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one to three of O, N and S, and wherein when the heterocycle is five membered, it can have one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S. Examples of heterocyclyl include azirinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, 1,4,2-dithiazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3- dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyridinyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, thiinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl imidazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and others. In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl is selected from azetidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and tetrahydropyridinyl. [038] As used herein, “monocyclic heterocyclyl” means a single nonaromatic cyclic ring comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, heterocycles
have 3-7 members. In six membered monocyclic heterocycles, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one to three of O, N and S, and wherein when the heterocycle is five membered, it can have one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S. Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyls include azirinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, 1,4,2-dithiazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4- dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyridinyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, thiinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl imidazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and others. [039] As used herein, “bicyclic heterocyclyl” means a nonaromatic bicyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone. Bicyclic heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, bicyclic heterocycles have 4-11 members with the heteroatom(s) being selected from one to five of O, N and S. Examples of bicyclic heterocyclyls include 2-azabicyclo[1.1.0]butane, 2- azabicyclo[2.1.0]pentane, 2-azabicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 5- azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 3- azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, 7- azabicyclo[4.2.0]octane, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and the like. [040] As used herein, “spirocyclic heterocyclyl” means a nonaromatic bicyclic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom in the ring system backbone and with the rings connected through just one atom. Spirocyclic heterocyclyls may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents. In some embodiments, spirocyclic heterocycles have 5-11 members with the heteroatom(s) being selected from one to five of O, N and S. Examples of spirocyclic heterocyclyls include 2-azaspiro[2.2]pentane, 4-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 1-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2- azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 6-azaspiro[2.6]nonane, 1,7- diazaspiro[4.5]decane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.6]decane, and the like. [041] The term “substituted” refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more non-hydrogen atoms of the molecule. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. Substituents can include, for example, –(C1-9 alkyl) optionally substituted with one or more of hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-3 alkyl), and –N(C1-3 alkyl)2; -(C1-9 haloalkyl); a halide; a hydroxyl; a carbonyl [such as -C(O)OR, and -C(O)R]; a thiocarbonyl [such as -C(S)OR, -C(O)SR, and -C(S)R]; –(C1-9 alkoxy) optionally
substituted with one or more of halide, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-3 alkyl), and –N(C1-3 alkyl)2; - OPO(OH)2; a phosphonate [such as -PO(OH)2 and -PO(OR’)2]; -OPO(OR’)R”; -NRR’; - C(O)NRR’; -C(NR)NR’R”; -C(NR’)R”; a cyano; a nitro; an azido; -SH; -S-R; -OSO2(OR); a sulfonate [such as -SO2(OH) and -SO2(OR)]; -SO2NR’R”; and -SO2R; in which each occurrence of R, R’ and R” are independently selected from H; –(C1-9 alkyl); C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 R’’’; 5-10 membered heteroaryl having from 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and optionally substituted with 1-3 R’’’; C3-7 carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 R’’’; and 3-8 membered heterocyclyl having from 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and optionally substituted with 1-3 R’’’; wherein each R’’’ is independently selected from –(C1-6 alkyl), –(C1-6 haloalkyl), a halide (e.g., F), a hydroxyl, -C(O)OR, -C(O)R, –(C1-6 alkoxyl), - NRR’, -C(O)NRR’, and a cyano, in which each occurrence of R and R’ is independently selected from H and –(C1-6 alkyl). In some embodiments, the substituent is selected from –(C1-6 alkyl), -(C1- 6 haloalkyl), a halide (e.g., F), a hydroxyl, -C(O)OR, -C(O)R, –(C1-6 alkoxyl), -NRR’, -C(O)NRR’, and a cyano, in which each occurrence of R and R’ is independently selected from H and –(C1-6 alkyl). [042] As used herein, when two groups are indicated to be “linked” or “bonded” to form a “ring,” it is to be understood that a bond is formed between the two groups and may involve replacement of a hydrogen atom on one or both groups with the bond, thereby forming a carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. The skilled artisan will recognize that such rings can and are readily formed by routine chemical reactions. In some embodiments, such rings have from 3-7 members, for example, 5 or 6 members. [043] The skilled artisan will recognize that some chemical structures described herein may be represented on paper by one or more other resonance forms; or may exist in one or more other tautomeric forms, even when kinetically, the artisan recognizes that such tautomeric forms represent only a very small portion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are clearly contemplated within the scope of this disclosure, though such resonance forms or tautomers are not explicitly represented herein. [044] The compounds provided herein may encompass various stereochemical forms. The compounds also encompass diastereomers as well as optical isomers, e.g., mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures, as well as individual enantiomers and diastereomers, which arise as a consequence of structural asymmetry in certain compounds. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, when a disclosed compound is named or depicted by a structure without specifying the
stereochemistry and has one or more chiral centers, it is understood to represent all possible stereoisomers of the compound. [045] The present disclosure includes all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled compounds of Formula (I) wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number which predominates in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2H (deuterium) and 3H (tritium), isotopes of carbon, such as 11C, 13C and 14C, isotopes of chlorine, such as 36Cl, isotopes of fluorine, such as 18F, isotopes of iodine, such as 123I and 125I, isotopes of nitrogen, such as 13N and 15N, isotopes of oxygen, such as 15O, 17O and 18O, isotopes of phosphorus, such as 32P, and isotopes of sulfur, such as 35S. [046] The term “administration” or “administering” refers to a method of providing a dosage of a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a vertebrate or invertebrate, including a mammal, a bird, a fish, or an amphibian, where the method of administration is, e.g., orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intralymphatic, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, ontologically, neuro- otologically, intraocularly, subconjuctivally, via anterior eye chamber injection, intravitreally, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intracystically, intrapleurally, via wound irrigation, intrabuccally, intra-abdominally, intra-articularly, intra-aurally, intrabronchially, intracapsularly, intrameningeally, via inhalation, via endotracheal or endobronchial instillation, via direct instillation into pulmonary cavities, intraspinally, intrasynovially, intrathoracically, via thoracostomy irrigation, epidurally, intratympanically, intracisternally, intravascularly, intraventricularly, intraosseously, via irrigation of infected bone, or via application as part of any admixture with a prosthetic device. The method of administration can vary depending on various factors, e.g., the components of the pharmaceutical composition, the site of the disease, the disease involved, and the severity of the disease. [047] A “diagnostic” as used herein is a compound, method, system, or device that assists in the identification or characterization of a health or disease state. The diagnostic can be used in standard assays as is known in the art. [048] The term “mammal” is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes humans, cattle, horses, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rats, cows, sheep, pigs, goats, and non- human primates, but also includes many other species. [049] The terms “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,” and “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” include any and all solvents, co-
solvents, complexing agents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. These and other such compounds are described in the literature, e.g., in the Merck Index, Merck & Company, Rahway, NJ. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (2010); Goodman and Gilman’s: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 12th Ed., The McGraw-Hill Companies. [050] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds provided herein and, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the compounds provided herein are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto. Many such salts are known in the art, for example, as described in WO 87/05297. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. [051] “Patient” as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate, or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate. In some embodiments, the patient is a human. [052] A “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein is one which is sufficient to achieve the desired physiological effect and may vary according to the nature
and severity of the disease condition, and the potency of the compound. “Therapeutically effective amount” is also intended to include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) in combination with one or more other agents that are effective to treat the diseases and/or conditions described herein. The combination of compounds can be a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Advances in Enzyme Regulation (1984), 22, 27-55, occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is most clearly demonstrated at sub-optimal concentrations of the compounds. It will be appreciated that different concentrations may be employed for prophylaxis than for treatment of an active disease. This amount can further depend upon the patient’s height, weight, sex, age, and medical history. [053] A therapeutic effect relieves, to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the disease. [054] “Treat,” “treatment,” or “treating,” as used herein refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein for therapeutic purposes. The term “therapeutic treatment” refers to administering treatment to a patient already suffering from a disease thus causing a therapeutically beneficial effect, such as ameliorating existing symptoms, ameliorating the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, postponing, or preventing the further development of a disorder, and/or reducing the severity of symptoms that will or are expected to develop. [055] “Drug-eluting” and/or controlled release as used herein refers to any and all mechanisms, e.g., diffusion, migration, permeation, and/or desorption by which the drug(s) incorporated in the drug-eluting material pass therefrom over time into the surrounding body tissue. [056] “Drug-eluting material” and/or controlled release material as used herein refers to any natural, synthetic, or semi-synthetic material capable of acquiring and retaining a desired shape or configuration and into which one or more drugs can be incorporated and from which incorporated drug(s) are capable of eluting over time. [057] “Elutable drug” as used herein refers to any drug or combination of drugs having the ability to pass over time from the drug-eluting material in which it is incorporated into the surrounding areas of the body. Compounds [058] The compounds and compositions described herein can be used to inhibit DYRK1A for treating a disorder or disease in which DYRK1A overexpression is implicated, such
as in neurological diseases or disorders, cancers, cognitive deficits, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, viral infections, unicellular parasite infections, and motor deficits. [059] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include compounds of Formula (I):
or salts, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or prodrugs thereof. [060] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I). [061] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R1 is H. [062] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R1 is halide (e.g., F, Cl). [063] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R1 is F. [064] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 is 9-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-10 (e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R4. [065] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 is a 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R4. [066] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 is a 9–membered bicyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 R4, wherein each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl). [067] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted with
1-3 R4. [068] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 is selected from the group consisting of: , optionally
substituted with 1-3 R4. [069] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 selected from the group consisting of:
substituted with one halide (e.g., F, Cl), and/or one unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), and/or one unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl). [070] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R2 selected from the group consisting ,
[071] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 (e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 (e.g., 1-11, 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1- 3, 1-2, 1) R6. [072] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R6. [073] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R3 is selected from the group consisting
selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. [074] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R3 is selected from the group consisting
selected from the group consisting of N and O. [075] In some embodiments of Formula (I), R3 is selected from the group consisting
from the group consisting of N and O; each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, –OH, –OMe, –OCF3, –OCHF2, –OCH2F, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, –CH2F, –CN, and – NHC(=O)Me; and each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, –CH2F, –C(=O)Me, and –(4-5 membered heterocyclyl) optionally substituted with 1-2 R8. [076] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pcarbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 (e.g., 1-11, 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1- 4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R7, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl). [077] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl), and –(C1-2 alkylene)pcarbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R7, wherein the –(C1-2 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-2 F and/or 1-2 Me. [078] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl), and – (CH2)pcarbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R7. [079] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 (e.g., 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R8, –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 (e.g., 1-11, 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 1) R9, –(C1-5
alkylene)pOR10, and –C(=O)R11, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl). [080] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl), –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R8, –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2, 1) R9, –(C1-2 alkylene)pOR10, and –C(=O)R11, wherein the –(C1-2 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-2 F and/or 1-2 Me. [081] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, unsubstituted –(C1-2 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C1-2 haloalkyl), –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R8, –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R9, – (CH2CH2)pOR10, and –C(=O)Me. [082] In some embodiments of Formula (I), two R5 attached to the same carbon atom are taken together to form a carbonyl group. [083] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –CN, –OR12, and – NR13(=O)R14. [084] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl), –CN, –OR12, and –NR13(=O)R14. [085] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl), –CN, –OR12, and –NH(=O)Me. [086] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [087] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [088] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F.
[089] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [090] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [091] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [092] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [093] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [094] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [095] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [096] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [097] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [098] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [099] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [0100] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [0101] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted
–(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pOR10, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1- 3 alkyl). [0102] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl), and –(C1-2 alkylene)pOR10, wherein the –(C1-2 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-2 F and/or 1-2 Me. [0103] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, –CH2F, and –(CH2CH2)pOR10. [0104] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [0105] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [0106] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [0107] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl). [0108] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-4 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-4 alkenyl), unsubstituted – (C2-4 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-4 haloalkyl). [0109] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of Me, Et, –CF3, –CHF2, and –CH2F. [0110] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each p is independently 0 or 1. [0111] In some embodiments of Formula (I), each H atom is optionally, independently replaced by 2H (D) (deuterium). [0112] Illustrative compounds of Formula (I) are shown in Table 1.
Table 1.
Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions [0113] Some embodiments include pharmaceutical compositions comprising: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or its corresponding enantiomer,
diastereoisomer or tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [0114] The compounds provided herein may also be useful in combination (administered together or sequentially) with other known agents. [0115] Non-limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and another active agent are colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), pancreatic cancer, brain tumors, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (AMKL), and osteoarthritis. For example, a compound of Formula (I) can be combined with one or more chemotherapeutic compounds. [0116] In some embodiments, hepatocellular carcinoma can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: sorafenib (Nexavar®); regorafenib (Stivarga®, Regonix®), nivolumab (Opdivo®); lenvatinib (Lenvima®); pembrolizumab (Keytruda®); cabozantinib (Cometriq®, Cabometyx®); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU®); ramucirumab (Cyramza®); combination of gemcitabine and oxaliplatin (GEMOX). Other therapies that can be performed in combination with a compound of Formula (I) are i) transcatheter arterial chemoembolization (TACE) in combination with doxorubicin (DOXIL®), cisplatin, or mitomycin C (Mitosol®, Mutamycin®, Jelmyto®); and ii) low-dose brachytherapy. [0117] In some embodiments, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: TransOral Robotic Surgery (TORS); TORS with radiation therapy; larotrectinib (Vitrakvi®); EGFR inhibitors, e.g., erlotinib (Tarceva®), osimertinib (Tagrisso®), neratinib (Nerlynx®), gefitinib (Iressa®), cetuximab (Erbitux®), panitumumab (Vectibix®), dacomitinib (Vizimpro®), lapatinib (Tykerb®), necitumumab (Portrazza), and vandetanib (Caprelsa®). [0118] In some embodiments, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: remission induction therapy; consolidation therapy; nelarabine (Arranon®); asparaginase erwinia chrysanthemi (Erwinaze®); asparaginase erwinia chrysanthemi (recombinant)-rywn (Rylaze®); calaspargase Pegol-mknl (Asparlas®); inotuzumab ozogamicin (Besponsa®); blinatumomab (Blincyto®); daunorubicin hydrochloride (Cerubidine®); clofarabine (Clolar®); cyclophosphamide; methotrexate sodium (Trexall®); cytarabine (Cytosar-U®); dasatinib (Sprycel®); dexamethasone; imatinib mesylate (Gleevec®); ponatinib hydrochloride (Iclusig®); mercaptopurine (Purinethol®, Purixan®); tisagenlecleucel (Kymriah®); vincristine sulfate liposome (Marqibo®); pegaspargase (Oncaspar®); prednisone; daunorubicin hydrochloride (Rubidomycin®); and vincristine sulfate.
[0119] In some embodiments, pancreatic cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: ablation and embolization treatment; gemcitabine (Gemzar®); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU®); oxaliplatin (Eloxatin®); albumin-bound paclitaxel (Abraxane®); capecitabine (Xeloda®); cisplatin; irinotecan (Camptosar®); liposomal Irinotecan (Onivyde®); paclitaxel (Taxol®), and docetaxel (Taxotere®). [0120] In some embodiments, brain tumors can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: carmustine can be administered by way of a gliadel wafer; for glioblastoma and high-grade glioma, radiation therapy with daily low-dose temozolomide (Temodar®) followed by monthly doses of temozolomide after radiation therapy for 6 months to 1 year; lomustine (Gleostine®), procarbazine (Matulane®), and vincristine (Vincasar®), have been used along with radiation therapy; anti-angiogenesis therapy with bevacizumab (Avastin®, Mvasi®); and targeted therapy using larotrectinib (Vitrakvi®). [0121] In some embodiments, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (AMKL) can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: cytarabine (Cytosar-U®), etoposide (Vepesid®), and anthracycline drugs. Anthracyclines include daunorubicin (Cerubidine®), idarubicin (Idamycin®), and mitoxantrone (Novantrone®). [0122] In some embodiments, acute myeloid leukemia (AML) can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: venetoclax and hypomethylating agents (e.g., decitabine, azacitidine), induction chemotherapy (cytarabine and an anthracycline (e.g., daunorubicin or idarubicin), all-trans-retinoic acid (ATRA) and either arsenic trioxide (ATO) monotherapy or an anthracycline), and consolidation therapy (cytarabine). [0123] In some embodiments, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs/therapies: 5- azacytidine, decitabine, lenalidomide, and decitabine/cedazuridine (Inqovi®). [0124] In some embodiments, colorectal cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs: 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), which can be administered with the vitamin-like drug leucovorin (also called folinic acid); capecitabine (XELODA®), irinotecan (CAMPOSTAR®), oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN®). Examples of combinations of these drugs which could be further combined with a compound of Formula (I) are FOLFOX (5- FU, leucovorin, and oxaliplatin), FOLFIRI (5-FU, leucovorin, and irinotecan), FOLFOXIRI (leucovorin, 5-FU, oxaliplatin, and irinotecan) and CapeOx (Capecitabine and oxaliplatin). For
rectal cancer, chemo with 5-FU or capecitabine combined with radiation may be given before surgery (neoadjuvant treatment). [0125] In some embodiments, ovarian cancer can be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and one or more of the following drugs: topotecan, liposomal doxorubicin (DOXIL®), gemcitabine (GEMZAR®), cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN®), vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®), ifosfamide (IFEX®), etoposide (VP-16), altretamine (HEXALEN®), capecitabine (XELODA®), irinotecan (CPT-11, CAMPTOSAR®), melphalan, pemetrexed (ALIMTA®) and albumin-bound paclitaxel (nab-paclitaxel, ABRAXANE®). Examples of combinations of these drugs which could be further combined with a compound of Formula (I) are TIP (paclitaxel [Taxol], ifosfamide, and cisplatin), VeIP (vinblastine, ifosfamide, and cisplatin) and VIP (etoposide [VP-16], ifosfamide, and cisplatin). Ovarian cancer can also be treated with a combination of a compound of Formula (I) and immune checkpoint blockade (ICB) therapy. [0126] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat cancer in combination with any of the following methods: (a) hormone therapy such as aromatase inhibitors, LHRH [luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone] analogs and inhibitors, and others; (b) ablation or embolization procedures such as radiofrequency ablation (RFA), ethanol (alcohol) ablation, microwave thermotherapy and cryosurgery (cryotherapy); (c) chemotherapy using alkylating agents such as cisplatin and carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, and ifosfamide; (d) chemotherapy using anti-metabolites such as azathioprine and mercaptopurine; (e) chemotherapy using plant alkaloids and terpenoids such as vinca alkaloids (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, and vindesine) and taxanes; (f) chemotherapy using podophyllotoxin, etoposide, teniposide, and docetaxel; (g) chemotherapy using topoisomerase inhibitors such as irinotecan, topotecan, amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, and teniposide; (h) chemotherapy using cytotoxic antibiotics such as actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin, and mitomycin; (i) chemotherapy using tyrosine-kinase inhibitors such as imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC®, also known as STI–571), gefitinib (Iressa, also known as ZD1839), erlotinib (marketed as TARCEVA®), bortezomib (VELCADE®), tamoxifen, tofacitinib, crizotinib, Bcl-2 inhibitors (e.g., obatoclax, navitoclax (ABT-263), oblimersen (G3139), venetoclax (ABT- 199), Gossypol), PARP inhibitors (e.g,. iniparib, olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, talazoparib), PI3K inhibitors (e.g., perifosine in a phase III trial), VEGF receptor 2 inhibitors (e.g. apatinib), AN-152, (AEZS-108), BRAF inhibitors (e.g., vemurafenib, dabrafenib, and LGX818), MEK inhibitors (e.g., trametinib and MEK162), CDK inhibitors (e.g., PD-0332991), salinomycin, and sorafenib; (j) chemotherapy using monoclonal antibodies such as rituximab (marketed as MABTHERA® or
RITUXAN®), trastuzumab (Herceptin also known as ErbB2), cetuximab (marketed as ERBITUX®), and bevacizumab (marketed as AVASTIN®); (k) chemotherapy using KRAS G12C inhibitors such as sotorasib (Lumakras® and Lumykras®), adagrasib (MRTX849), and ARS-3248 (Wellspring Biosciences); (l) chemotherapy using checkpoint inhibitor therapy such as ipilimumab (Yervoy®), nivolumab (Opdivo®), pembrolizumab (Keytruda®), atezolizumab (Tecentriq®), avelumab (Bavencio), durvalumab (Imfinzi), cemiplimab (Libtayo®), and spartalizumab (PDR001); (m) chemotherapy using antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) such as gemtuzumab ozogamicin, brentuximab vedotin, trastuzumab emtansine, inotuzumab ozogamicin, polatuzumab vedotin, enfortumab vedotin, trastuzumab deruxtecan, sacituzumab govitecan, belantamab mafodotin, moxetumomab pasudotox, and loncastuximab tesirine; (n) chemotherapy using proteasome inhibitors such as carfilzomib, lactacystin, disulfiram, salinosporamide A (marizomib), oprozomib, delanzomib, epoxomicin, MG132, β-hydroxy β-methylbutyric acid (HMB), bortezomib, ixazomib (alone or in in combination with lenalidomide and dexamethasone); and (o) radiation therapy. [0127] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat diabetes mellitus in combination with any of the following methods: (a) injections of insulin; (b) biguanides such as metformin (Glucophage), phenformin (DBI), and buformin; (c) thiazolidinediones (TZDs) such as rosiglitazone (Avandia), pioglitazone (Actos), and yroglitazone (Rezulin); (d) lyn kinase activators such as glimepiride (Amaryl®) and tolimidone (MLR-1023); (e) secretagogues such as sulfonylureas (non-limiting examples are acetohexamide, carbutamide, chlorpropamide, glycyclamide (tolcyclamide), metahexamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glibenclamide (glyburide), glibornuride, gliclazide, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxepide, glyclopyramide, and glimepiride) and meglitinides (non-limiting examples are repaglinide (Prandin), nateglinide (Starlix), and mitiglinide (Glufast)); (f) alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose (Glucobay, Precose, Prandase), miglitol (Glyset), and voglibose; (g) injectable incretin mimetics such as glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) and gastric inhibitory peptide (glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide, GIP), non-limiting examples of injectable glucagon-like peptide (GLP) analogs and agonists are exenatide (exendin-4, marketed as Byetta), liraglutide (Victoza, Saxenda), taspoglutide, lixisenatide (Lyxumia), semaglutide (Ozempic, Rybelsus), dulaglutide (Trulicity), albiglutide (Tanzeum), non-limiting examples of dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitors are sitagliptin (Januvia), vildagliptin (Galvus), saxagliptin (Onglyza), linagliptin (Tradjenta), gemigliptin (Zemiglo), anagliptin (Suiny), teneligliptin (Tenelia), alogliptin (Nesina, Vipidia, Kazano, Vipidomet (with metformin), Oseni, and Incresync (with pioglitazone)), trelagliptin (Zafatek, Wedica), omarigliptin (MK-3102), evogliptin (Suganon, Evodine), gosogliptin (Saterex), and
dutogliptin; (h) injectable amylin analogues such as pramlintide (Symlin); (i) glycosurics (SGLT2 inhibitors) such as canagliflozin (Invokana, Sulisent, Prominad), dapagliflozin (Forxiga, Farxiga, Edistride), empagliflozin (Jardiance, Sciampa-M), ertugliflozin (Steglatro), ipragliflozin (Suglat), luseogliflozin (Lusefi), remogliflozin etabonate (pro-drug of remogliflozin), sergliflozin etabonate (GW869682X), sotagliflozin (Zynquista), and tofogliflozin (CSG452). [0128] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat osteoarthritis in combination with any of the following methods: (d) injections of a Wnt signaling pathway inhibitor (e.g. lorecivivint); (a) nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen, naproxen, aspirin, and acetaminophen; (b) physical therapy; (c) injections of corticosteroid medications; (d) injections of hyaluronic acid derivatives (e.g. Hyalgan, Synvisc); (e) narcotics, like codeine; (f) in combination with braces and/or shoe inserts or any device that can immobilize or support your joint to help you keep pressure off it (e.g., splints, braces, shoe inserts or other medical devices); (g) realigning bones (osteotomy); (h) joint replacement (arthroplasty); and (i) in combination with a chronic pain class. [0129] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) can be used to treat Alzheimer’s disease in combination with aducanumab (Aduhelm™); acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, e.g., tacrine, rivastigmine (Exelon®), galantamine (Razadyne® and GalantaMind™), and donepezil (Aricept®); and memantine (Axura®, Ebixa®, Namenda®). [0130] Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration, including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, ontologically, neuro- otologically, intraocularly, subconjuctivally, via anterior eye chamber injection, intravitreally, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intracystically, intrapleurally, via wound irrigation, intrabuccally, intra-abdominally, intra-articularly, intra-aurally, intrabronchially, intracapsularly, intrameningeally, via inhalation, via endotracheal or endobronchial instillation, via direct instillation into pulmonary cavities, intraspinally, intrasynovially, intrathoracically, via thoracostomy irrigation, epidurally, intratympanically, intracisternally, intravascularly, intraventricularly, intraosseously, via irrigation of infected bone, or via application as part of any admixture with a prosthetic devices. In some embodiments, the administration method includes oral or parenteral administration. [0131] Compounds provided herein intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products. Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may include solid, semi-solid, liquid, solutions, colloidal, liposomes, emulsions, suspensions,
complexes, coacervates and aerosols. Dosage forms, such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, suppositories, aerosols, implants, controlled release, or the like. They may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as precipitation, crystallization, milling, grinding, supercritical fluid processing, coacervation, complex coacervation, encapsulation, emulsification, complexation, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio frequency drying may be used for this purpose. The compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills (tablets and or capsules), transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, implants, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed administration at a predetermined rate. [0132] The compounds can be administered either alone or in combination with a conventional pharmaceutical carrier, excipient, or the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self- emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-α-tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens, poloxamers or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, tris, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium-chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene- polyoxypropylene-block polymers, and wool fat. Cyclodextrins such as α-, ^-, and γ-cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3- hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives can also be used to enhance delivery of compounds described herein. Dosage forms or compositions containing a compound as described herein in the range of 0.005% to 100% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared. The contemplated compositions may contain 0.001%-100% of a compound provided herein, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%, in a further embodiment 20-80%. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Edition (Pharmaceutical Press, London, UK.2012). [0133] In one embodiment, the compositions will take the form of a unit dosage form such as a pill or tablet and thus the composition may contain, along with a compound provided herein, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as
magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, or the like. In another solid dosage form, a powder, marume, solution or suspension (e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, PEGs, poloxamer 124 or triglycerides) is encapsulated in a capsule (gelatin or cellulose base capsule). Unit dosage forms in which one or more compounds provided herein or additional active agents are physically separated are also contemplated, e.g., capsules with granules (or tablets in a capsule) of each drug; two-layer tablets; two-compartment gel caps, etc. Enteric-coated or delayed-release oral dosage forms are also contemplated. [0134] Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc. a compound provided herein and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier (e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, or the like) to form a solution, colloid, liposome, emulsion, complexes, coacervate or suspension. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, co-solvents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like (e.g., sodium acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrin derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and the like). [0135] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.25 mg/Kg to about 50 mg/Kg in humans. [0136] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.25 mg/Kg to about 20 mg/Kg in humans. [0137] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.50 mg/Kg to about 19 mg/Kg in humans. [0138] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 0.75 mg/Kg to about 18 mg/Kg in humans. [0139] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.0 mg/Kg to about 17 mg/Kg in humans. [0140] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.25 mg/Kg to about 16 mg/Kg in humans. [0141] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.50 mg/Kg to about 15 mg/Kg in humans. [0142] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 1.75 mg/Kg to about 14 mg/Kg in humans. [0143] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 2.0 mg/Kg to about 13 mg/Kg in humans.
[0144] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 3.0 mg/Kg to about 12 mg/Kg in humans. [0145] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 4.0 mg/Kg to about 11 mg/Kg in humans. [0146] In some embodiments, the unit dosage of compounds of Formula (I) is about 5.0 mg/Kg to about 10 mg/Kg in humans. [0147] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration. [0148] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for twice a day administration. [0149] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for three times a day administration. [0150] Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions, colloid, liposomes, complexes, coacervate or suspensions, as emulsions, or in solid forms suitable for reconstitution in liquid prior to injection. The percentage of a compound provided herein contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the patient. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.01% to 10% in solution are employable and could be higher if the composition is a solid or suspension, which could be subsequently diluted to the above percentages. [0151] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.1-10% of the active agent in solution. [0152] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.1-5% of the active agent in solution. [0153] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.1-4% of the active agent in solution. [0154] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.15-3% of the active agent in solution. [0155] In some embodiments, the composition comprises about 0.2-2% of the active agent in solution. [0156] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-96 hours. [0157] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-72 hours.
[0158] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-48 hours. [0159] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-24 hours. [0160] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-12 hours. [0161] In some embodiments, the compositions are provided in dosage forms suitable for continuous dosage by intravenous infusion over a period of about 1-6 hours. [0162] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m2 to about 300 mg/m2. [0163] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m2 to about 200 mg/m2. [0164] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 5 mg/m2 to about 100 mg/m2. [0165] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 10 mg/m2 to about 50 mg/m2. [0166] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 50 mg/m2 to about 200 mg/m2. [0167] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 75 mg/m2 to about 175 mg/m2. [0168] In some embodiments, these compositions can be administered by intravenous infusion to humans at doses of about 100 mg/m2 to about 150 mg/m2. [0169] It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary depending on the specific compound and the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular patient, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions. [0170] In one embodiment, the compositions can be administered to the respiratory tract (including nasal and pulmonary), e.g., through a nebulizer, metered-dose inhalers, atomizer, mister, aerosol, dry powder inhaler, insufflator, liquid instillation or other suitable device or technique.
[0171] In some embodiments, aerosols intended for delivery to the nasal mucosa are provided for inhalation through the nose. For optimal delivery to the nasal cavities, inhaled particle sizes of about 5 to about 100 microns are useful, with particle sizes of about 10 to about 60 microns being preferred. For nasal delivery, a larger inhaled particle size may be desired to maximize impaction on the nasal mucosa and to minimize or prevent pulmonary deposition of the administered formulation. In some embodiments, aerosols intended for delivery to the lung are provided for inhalation through the nose or the mouth. For delivery to the lung, inhaled aerodynamic particle sizes of about less than 10 µm are useful (e.g., about 1 to about 10 microns). Inhaled particles may be defined as liquid droplets containing dissolved drug, liquid droplets containing suspended drug particles (in cases where the drug is insoluble in the suspending medium), dry particles of pure drug substance, drug substance incorporated with excipients, liposomes, emulsions, colloidal systems, coacervates, aggregates of drug nanoparticles, or dry particles of a diluent which contain embedded drug nanoparticles. [0172] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I) disclosed herein intended for respiratory delivery (either systemic or local) can be administered as aqueous formulations, as non-aqueous solutions, or suspensions, as suspensions or solutions in halogenated hydrocarbon propellants with or without alcohol, as a colloidal system, as emulsions, coacervates, or as dry powders. Aqueous formulations may be aerosolized by liquid nebulizers employing either hydraulic or ultrasonic atomization or by modified micropump systems (like the soft mist inhalers, the Aerodose® or the AERx® systems). Propellant-based systems may use suitable pressurized metered-dose inhalers (pMDIs). Dry powders may use dry powder inhaler devices (DPIs), which are capable of dispersing the drug substance effectively. A desired particle size and distribution may be obtained by choosing an appropriate device. [0173] In some embodiments, the compositions of Formula (I) disclosed herein can be administered to the ear by various methods. For example, a round window catheter (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.6,440,102 and 6,648,873) can be used. [0174] Alternatively, formulations can be incorporated into a wick for use between the outer and middle ear (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,484) or absorbed to collagen sponge or other solid support (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.4,164,559). [0175] If desired, formulations of the disclosure can be incorporated into a gel formulation (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.4,474,752 and 6,911,211). [0176] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I) disclosed herein intended for delivery to the ear can be administered via an implanted pump and delivery system through a needle directly into the middle or inner ear (cochlea) or through a cochlear implant stylet electrode
channel or alternative prepared drug delivery channel such as but not limited to a needle through temporal bone into the cochlea. [0177] Other options include delivery via a pump through a thin film coated onto a multichannel electrode or electrode with a specially imbedded drug delivery channel (pathways) carved into the thin film for this purpose. In other embodiments the acidic or basic solid compound of Formula (I) can be delivered from the reservoir of an external or internal implanted pumping system. [0178] Formulations of the disclosure also can be administered to the ear by intratympanic injection into the middle ear, inner ear, or cochlea (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.6,377,849 and Ser. No.11/337,815). [0179] Intratympanic injection of therapeutic agents is the technique of injecting a therapeutic agent behind the tympanic membrane into the middle and/or inner ear. In one embodiment, the formulations described herein are administered directly onto the round window membrane via transtympanic injection. In another embodiment, the ion channel modulating agent auris-acceptable formulations described herein are administered onto the round window membrane via a non-transtympanic approach to the inner ear. In additional embodiments, the formulation described herein is administered onto the round window membrane via a surgical approach to the round window membrane comprising modification of the crista fenestrae cochleae. [0180] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I) are formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG (like PEG ointments), and the like. [0181] Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug (either as a solution, colloid, suspension or a complex) can be prepared by mixing a compound provided herein with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt or erode/dissolve in the rectum and release the compound. Such materials include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, poloxamers, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter, is first melted. [0182] Solid compositions can be provided in various different types of dosage forms, depending on the physicochemical properties of the compound provided herein, the desired dissolution rate, cost considerations, and other criteria. In one of the embodiments, the solid
composition is a single unit. This implies that one unit dose of the compound is comprised in a single, physically shaped solid form or article. In other words, the solid composition is coherent, which is in contrast to a multiple unit dosage form, in which the units are incoherent. [0183] Examples of single units which may be used as dosage forms for the solid composition include tablets, such as compressed tablets, film-like units, foil-like units, wafers, lyophilized matrix units, and the like. In one embodiment, the solid composition is a highly porous lyophilized form. Such lyophilizates, sometimes also called wafers or lyophilized tablets, are particularly useful for their rapid disintegration, which also enables the rapid dissolution of the compound. [0184] On the other hand, for some applications the solid composition may also be formed as a multiple unit dosage form as defined above. Examples of multiple units are powders, granules, microparticles, pellets, mini-tablets, beads, lyophilized powders, and the like. In one embodiment, the solid composition is a lyophilized powder. Such a dispersed lyophilized system comprises a multitude of powder particles, and due to the lyophilization process used in the formation of the powder, each particle has an irregular, porous microstructure through which the powder is capable of absorbing water very rapidly, resulting in quick dissolution. Effervescent compositions are also contemplated to aid the quick dispersion and absorption of the compound. [0185] Another type of multiparticulate system which is also capable of achieving rapid drug dissolution is that of powders, granules, or pellets from water-soluble excipients which are coated with a compound provided herein so that the compound is located at the outer surface of the individual particles. In this type of system, the water-soluble low molecular weight excipient may be useful for preparing the cores of such coated particles, which can be subsequently coated with a coating composition comprising the compound and, for example, one or more additional excipients, such as a binder, a pore former, a saccharide, a sugar alcohol, a film-forming polymer, a plasticizer, or other excipients used in pharmaceutical coating compositions. [0186] Also provided herein are kits. Typically, a kit includes one or more compounds or compositions as described herein. In certain embodiments, a kit can include one or more delivery systems, e.g., for delivering or administering a compound as provided herein, and directions for use of the kit (e.g., instructions for treating a patient). In another embodiment, the kit can include a compound or composition as described herein and a label that indicates that the contents are to be administered to a patient with cancer. In another embodiment, the kit can include a compound or composition as described herein and a label that indicates that the contents are to be administered to a patient with one or more of glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, pancreatic cancers, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia,
Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, and multiple sclerosis. Methods of Treatment [0187] The compounds and compositions provided herein can be used as inhibitors of DYRK1A, and thus can be used to treat a variety of disorders and diseases in which over expression of DYRK1A is implicated, such as cancer and neurological conditions/disorders/diseases. Non- limiting examples of diseases which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include a variety of cancers, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, stroke, tauopathies (e.g., Pick’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, argyrophilic grain disease, globular glial tauopathies, primary age-related tauopathy, which includes neurofibrillary tangle dementia, chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions (FTLD- tau), and aging-related tau astrogliopathy. Clinical symptoms include frontotemporal dementia, corticobasal syndrome, Richardson syndrome, parkinsonism, pure akinesia with gait freezing and, rarely, motor neuron symptoms or cerebellar ataxia, diabetes, psoriasis, knee osteoarthritis, tendinopathy, human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1). [0188] The gene encoding DYRK1A is located on chromosome 21, within the Down syndrome critical region (DSCR), the triploidy of which is responsible for most Down syndrome- associated deficiencies (FEBS Journal (2011), 278, 246–256). There is considerable genetical and pharmacological evidence showing that the mere 1.5-fold overexpression of DYRK1A is responsible for most cognitive deficits observed in Down syndrome patients (Pharmacology & Therapeutics (2019), 194, 199-221 and Brain Science (2018), 8(10), 187). Genetical normalization of DYRK1A levels or pharmacological inhibition of its catalytic activity restores cognitive functions. The development of pharmacological inhibitors of DYRK1A is a major avenue for the treatment of cognitive deficits associated with Down syndrome. [0189] DYRK1A and DYRK1B are utilized during human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) placental replication. Inhibition of DYRKs prevent replication of various viruses, including
hepatitis C virus (HCV), human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1), and herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) (Journal of Virology (2020), 94(6) and PLoS ONE (2015), 10, e0144229). [0190] There is a growing body of evidence showing that DYRK1A/1B inhibitors induce the proliferation of insulin-producing pancreatic β-cells, making DYRK1A/1B kinases attractive therapeutic targets for β-cell regeneration for both type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus and gestational diabetes (Nature Communications (2015), 6(8372); Diabetes (2016), 65(6), 1660–1671; JCI Insight (2020), 5(1), e132594; Science Translational Medicine (2020), 12(530); International Journal of Molecular Sciences (2021), 22(16), 9083; and Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2021), 64(6), 2901–2922). Other forms of diabetes that may be treated with DYRK inhibitors are maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY, monogenic diabetes), cases of diabetes that are caused by the body’s tissue receptors not responding to insulin, double diabetes (when a type 1 diabetic becomes insulin resistant), diabetes associated with excessive secretion of insulin-antagonistic hormones, malnutrition-related diabetes mellitus (ICD-10 code E12), and diabetes caused by any genetic mutations (autosomal or mitochondrial) that leads to defects in beta cell function. [0191] There is abundant literature linking DYRK1A with solid cancers and leukemias (Pharmacology & Therapeutics (2015), 151, 87–98; Cancers (2020), 12(8), 2106; and Cellular and Molecular Life Sciences (2021), 78, 603–619). The most prominent examples are pancreatic cancer (Gut (2019), 68(8), 1465–1476 and Gene (2020), 758, 144960), brain tumors, glioblastoma (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2013), 123(6), 2475-2487), acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (AMKL) (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2012), 122(3), 948–962), and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) (Journal of Clinical Investigation (2021), 131(1), e135937). Other cancers linked to DYRK1A are ovarian (Frontiers in Oncology (2021), 11, 637193), head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (Scientific Reports (2016), 6, 36132), hepatocellular carcinoma (Cell Death & Disease (2021), 12, 125), DYRK1A regulates DNA damage response (Scientific Reports (2019), 9, 6014 and Scientific Reports (2019), 9, 6539). In some situations, DYRK1A appears to function as a tumor-suppressor protein (Molecular & Cellular Oncology (2015), 2(1), e970048 and Nature (2016), 529, 172–177). [0192] Other cancers can also be treated with the compounds and compositions described herein. [0193] More particularly, cancers that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods described herein include, but are not limited to, the following: [0194] 1) Breast cancers, including, for example ER+ breast cancer, ER- breast cancer, her2- breast cancer, her2+ breast cancer, stromal tumors such as fibroadenomas, phyllodes tumors,
and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papillomas; carcinomas of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget’s disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma; chemoresistant breast cancers (TNBC), and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms. Further examples of breast cancers can include luminal A, luminal B, basal A, basal B, and triple negative breast cancer, which is estrogen receptor negative (ER-), progesterone receptor negative, and her2 negative (her2-). In some embodiments, the breast cancer may have a high risk Oncotype score. [0195] 2) Cardiac cancers, including, for example sarcoma, e.g., angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and liposarcoma; myxoma; rhabdomyoma; fibroma; lipoma and teratoma. [0196] 3) Lung cancers, including, for example, bronchogenic carcinoma, e.g., squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, and adenocarcinoma; alveolar and bronchiolar carcinoma; bronchial adenoma; sarcoma; lymphoma; chondromatous hamartoma; chemoresistant small cell lung cancer (SCLC), and mesothelioma. [0197] 4) Gastrointestinal cancer, including, for example, cancers of the esophagus, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and lymphoma; cancers of the stomach, e.g., carcinoma, lymphoma, and leiomyosarcoma; cancers of the pancreas, e.g., ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, and vipoma; colon cancers with APC gene mutations; cancers of the small bowel, e.g., adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi’s sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, and fibroma; cancers of the large bowel, e.g., adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, and leiomyoma. [0198] 5) Genitourinary tract cancers, including, for example, cancers of the kidney, e.g., adenocarcinoma, Wilm’s tumor (nephroblastoma), lymphoma, and leukemia; cancers of the bladder and urethra, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; cancers of the prostate, e.g., adenocarcinoma, and sarcoma; cancer of the testis, e.g., seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, and lipoma. [0199] 6) Liver cancers, including, for example, hepatoma, e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma; cholangiocarcinoma; hepatoblastoma; angiosarcoma; hepatocellular adenoma; and hemangioma.
[0200] 7) Bone cancers, including, for example, osteogenic sarcoma (osteosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing’s sarcoma, malignant lymphoma (reticulum cell sarcoma), multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochrondroma (osteocartilaginous exostoses), benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma and giant cell tumors. [0201] 8) Nervous system cancers, including, for example, cancers of the skull, e.g., osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, and osteitis deformans; cancers of the meninges, e.g., meningioma, meningiosarcoma, and gliomatosis; cancers of the brain, e.g., astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma (pinealoma), glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, oligodendrocytoma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, and congenital tumors; and cancers of the spinal cord, e.g., neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, and sarcoma; pediatric brain cancer, e.g., astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germ cell tumors such as germinomas and non-germinomatous tumors such as teratomas, choriocarcinomas, endodermal sinus tumors (yolk sac tumors), embryonal carcinomas, and mixed tumors. [0202] 9) Gynecological cancers, including, for example, cancers of the uterus, e.g., endometrial cancers (e.g., carcinoma, endometrioid adenocarcinoma, serous carcinoma, clear cell carcinoma, mucinous carcinomas, mixed or undifferentiated carcinoma (including mixed Müllerian tumor), endometrial stromal sarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the endometrium, urothelial carcinoma, endometrial cancer with CTNNB1 mutations); cancers of the cervix, e.g., cervical carcinoma, and pre tumor cervical dysplasia; cancers of the ovaries, e.g., BRCA-mutant ovarian cancer, surface epithelial-stromal tumors (epithelial ovarian cancer (Type 1 (endometroid, mucinous, clear cell, low grade serous) or Type 2 (poorly differentiated, carcinosarcoma, and high grade serous))), ovarian carcinoma, including serous cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, endometrioid tumors, small cell ovarian cancer (small cell ovarian cancer of hypercalcemic type, small cell ovarian cancer of pulmonary type) unclassified carcinoma, granulosa theca cell tumors, Sertoli Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, and malignant teratoma; cancers of the vulva, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, and melanoma; cancers of the vagina, e.g., clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, botryoid sarcoma, and embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma; and cancers of the fallopian tubes, e.g., carcinoma, primary fallopian tube cancer; primary peritoneal cancer (also known as serous surface papillary carcinoma, primary peritoneal carcinoma, extra-ovarian serous carcinoma, primary serous papillary carcinoma, and psammomacarcinoma). [0203] 10) Hematologic cancers, including, for example, cancers of the blood, e.g., acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes (refractory
cytopenia with unilineage dysplasia (refractory anemia, refractory neutropenia, and refractory thrombocytopenia), refractory anemia with ring sideroblasts, refractory cytopenia with multilineage dysplasia, refractory anemias with excess blasts I and II, refractory cytopenia of childhood), and myeloproliferative neoplasms, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, myelodysplastic syndrome, myelodysplastic–myeloproliferative diseases, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (malignant lymphoma) and Waldenström’s macroglobulinemia. [0204] 11) Skin cancers and skin disorders, including, for example, malignant melanoma and metastatic melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, keloids, and scleroderma. [0205] 12) Adrenal gland cancers, including, for example, neuroblastoma. [0206] 13) Soft-tissue sarcomas (STS) such as fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, dermatofibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (also called neurofibrosarcomas, malignant schwannomas, and neurogenic sarcomas), neurofibrosarcoma, extraskeletal chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal osteosarcoma, extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal mesenchymal, embryonal, alveolar soft part sarcoma, and infantile hemangio-pericytoma. [0207] More particularly, tumors of the central nervous system that may be treated by the compounds, compositions and methods described herein include: [0208] 1) Astrocytic tumors, e.g., diffuse astrocytoma (fibrillary, protoplasmic, gemistocytic, mixed), anaplastic (malignant) astrocytoma, glioblastoma multiforme (giant cell glioblastoma and gliosarcoma), pilocytic astrocytoma (pilomyxoid astrocytoma), pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, subependymal giant cell astrocytoma, and gliomatosis cerebri. [0209] 2) Oligodendroglial tumors, e.g., oligodendroglioma and anaplastic oligodendroglioma. [0210] 3) Oligoastrocytic tumors, e.g., oligoastrocytoma and anaplastic oligoastrocytoma. [0211] 4) Ependymal tumors, e.g., subependymoma, myxopapillary ependymoma, ependymoma, (cellular, papillary, clear cell, tanycytic), and anaplastic (malignant) ependymoma. [0212] 5) Choroid plexus tumors, e.g., choroid plexus papilloma, atypical choroid plexus papilloma, and choroid plexus carcinoma.
[0213] 6) Neuronal and mixed neuronal-glial tumors, e.g., gangliocytoma, ganglioglioma, dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNET), dysplastic gangliocytoma of the cerebellum (Lhermitte-Duclos), desmoplastic infantile astrocytoma/ganglioglioma, central neurocytoma, anaplastic ganglioglioma, extraventricular neurocytoma, cerebellar liponeurocytoma, Papillary glioneuronal tumor, Rosette-forming glioneuronal tumor of the fourth ventricle, and paraganglioma of the filum terminale. [0214] 7) Pineal tumors, e.g., pineocytoma, pineoblastoma, papillary tumors of the pineal region, and pineal parenchymal tumor of intermediate differentiation. [0215] 8) Embryonal tumors, e.g., medulloblastoma (medulloblastoma with extensive nodularity, anaplastic medulloblastoma, desmoplastic, large cell, melanotic, medullomyoblastoma), medulloepithelioma, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, and primitive neuroectodermal tumors (PNETs) such as neuroblastoma, ganglioneuroblastoma, ependymoblastoma, and atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor. [0216] 9) Neuroblastic tumors, e.g., olfactory (esthesioneuroblastoma), olfactory neuroepithelioma, and neuroblastomas of the adrenal gland and sympathetic nervous system. [0217] 10) Glial tumors, e.g., astroblastoma, chordoid glioma of the third ventricle, and angiocentric glioma. [0218] 11) Tumors of cranial and paraspinal nerves, e.g., schwannoma, neurofibroma Perineurioma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor. [0219] 12) Tumors of the meninges such as tumors of meningothelial cells, e.g., meningioma (atypical meningioma and anaplastic meningioma); mesenchymal tumors, e.g., lipoma, angiolipoma, hibernoma, liposarcoma, solitary fibrous tumor, fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, leiomyoma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, chondroma, chondrosarcoma, osteoma, osteosarcoma, osteochondroma, haemangioma, epithelioid hemangioendothelioma, haemangiopericytoma, anaplastic haemangiopericytoma, angiosarcoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and Ewing sarcoma; primary melanocytic lesions, e.g., diffuse melanocytosis, melanocytoma, malignant melanoma, meningeal melanomatosis; and hemangioblastomas. [0220] 13) Tumors of the hematopoietic system, e.g., malignant lymphomas, plasmocytoma, and granulocytic sarcoma. [0221] 14) Germ cell tumors, e.g., germinoma, embryonal carcinoma, yolk sac tumor, choriocarcinoma, teratoma, and mixed germ cell tumors. [0222] 15) Tumors of the sellar region, e.g., craniopharyngioma, granular cell tumor, pituicytoma, and spindle cell oncocytoma of the adenohypophysis.
[0223] Cancers may be solid tumors that may or may not be metastatic. Cancers may also occur, as in leukemia, as a diffuse tissue. Thus, the term “tumor cell,” as provided herein, includes a cell afflicted by any one of the above identified disorders. [0224] A method of treating cancer using a compound or composition as described herein may be combined with existing methods of treating cancers, for example by chemotherapy, irradiation, or surgery (e.g., oophorectomy). In some embodiments, a compound or composition can be administered before, during, or after another anticancer agent or treatment. [0225] There is mounting evidence for a role of DYRK1A in the onset of Alzheimer’s disease (Future Medicinal Chemistry (2016), 8(6), 681–696 and European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2018), 158, 559-592). DYRK1A phosphorylates key substrates involved in Alzheimer’s disease and dementia: Tau, septin 4, amyloid precursor protein (APP), presenilin 1, neprilysin, Munc18-1, α-synuclein, RCAN1, and β-tubulin. By modulating alternative splicing of Tau exon 10, DYRK1A favors the production of the 3R-Tau splice isoform (characteristic for DS/AD/tauopathy) over the 4R-Tau isoform (Journal of Biological Chemistry (2015), 290, 15219– 15237). [0226] Genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have revealed that DYRK1A is a risk factor for Parkinson’s disease (The Lancet Neurology (2019), 18(12), 1091–1102). DYRK1A phosphorylates key factors for Parkinson’s disease such as parkin, septin 4, and α-synuclein. Upregulation of micro-RNAs specific for Parkinson’s disease targets DYRK1A expression. There is further evidence that DYRK1A expression is increased in Parkinson’s disease and in Pick’s disease (Neurobiology of Disease (2005), 20(2), 392–400). [0227] The compounds and compositions provided herein can be used as inhibitors and/or modulators of the enzyme DYRK1A, and thus can be used to treat a variety of disorders and diseases associated with tau protein, including, but not limited to, Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia (FTD) including FTD with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia (bvFTD), FTD in patients with motor neuron disease (MND) (typically amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, also called FTD-ALS), corticobasal degeneration (CBD) (also called corticobasal ganglionic degeneration), progressive supranuclear palsy, primary progressive aphasia (PPA), globular glial tauopathy (GGT), myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1) (also called Steinert disease), myotonic dystrophy type 2 (DM2) (also called proximal myotonic myopathy), Guam complex, argyrophilic grain disease, dementia pugilistica, post-encephalitic parkinsonism, Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with
acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke. [0228] Non-limiting examples of neurological disorders (e.g., neurological conditions and neurological diseases) which can be treated with the compounds and compositions provided herein include Alzheimer’s disease, aphasia, apraxia, arachnoiditis, ataxia telangiectasia, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, auditory processing disorder, autism, alcoholism, Bell’s palsy, bipolar disorder, brachial plexus injury, Canavan disease, carpal tunnel syndrome, causalgia, central pain syndrome, central pontine myelinolysis, centronuclear myopathy, cephalic disorder, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral atrophy, cerebral gigantism, cerebral palsy, cerebral vasculitis, cervical spinal stenosis, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, Chiari malformation, chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), chronic pain, Coffin–Lowry syndrome, complex regional pain syndrome, compression neuropathy, congenital facial diplegia, corticobasal degeneration, cranial arteritis, craniosynostosis, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, cumulative trauma disorder, Cushing’s syndrome, cytomegalic inclusion body disease (CIBD), Dandy-Walker syndrome, Dawson disease, De Morsier’s syndrome, Dejerine-Klumpke palsy, Dejerine-Sottas disease, delayed sleep phase syndrome, dementia, dermatomyositis, developmental dyspraxia, diabetic neuropathy, diffuse sclerosis, Dravet syndrome, dysautonomia, dyscalculia, dysgraphia, dyslexia, dystonia, empty sella syndrome, encephalitis, encephalocele, encephalotrigeminal angiomatosis, encopresis, epilepsy, Erb’s palsy, erythromelalgia, essential tremor, Fabry’s disease, Fahr’s syndrome, familial spastic paralysis, febrile seizure, Fisher syndrome, Friedreich’s ataxia, fibromyalgia, Foville’s syndrome, Gaucher’s disease, Gerstmann’s syndrome, giant cell arteritis, giant cell inclusion disease, globoid cell leukodystrophy, gray matter heterotopia, Guillain-Barré syndrome, HTLV-1 associated myelopathy, Hallervorden-Spatz disease, hemifacial spasm, hereditary spastic paraplegia, heredopathia atactica polyneuritiformis, herpes zoster oticus, herpes zoster, Hirayama syndrome, holoprosencephaly, Huntington’s disease, hydranencephaly, hydrocephalus, hypercortisolism, hypoxia, immune-mediated encephalomyelitis, inclusion body myositis, incontinentia pigmenti, infantile phytanic acid storage disease, infantile Refsum disease, infantile spasms, inflammatory myopathy, intracranial cyst, intracranial hypertension, Joubert syndrome, Karak syndrome, Kearns- Sayre syndrome, Kennedy disease, Kinsbourne syndrome, Klippel Feil syndrome, Krabbe disease, Kugelberg-Welander disease, kuru, Lafora disease, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, Landau- Kleffner syndrome, lateral medullary (Wallenberg) syndrome, Leigh’s disease, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, Lesch-Nyhan syndrome, leukodystrophy, Lewy body dementia, lissencephaly, locked- in syndrome, Lou Gehrig’s disease, lumbar disc disease, lumbar spinal stenosis, Lyme disease,
Machado-Joseph disease (Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3), macrencephaly, macropsia, megalencephaly, Melkersson-Rosenthal syndrome, Meniere’s disease, meningitis, Menkes disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, microcephaly, micropsia, Miller Fisher syndrome, misophonia, mitochondrial myopathy, Mobius syndrome, monomelic amyotrophy, motor neuron disease, motor skills disorder, Moyamoya disease, mucopolysaccharidoses, multi-infarct dementia, multifocal motor neuropathy, multiple sclerosis, multiple system atrophy, muscular dystrophy, myalgic encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, myelinoclastic diffuse sclerosis, myoclonic encephalopathy of infants, myoclonus, myopathy, myotubular myopathy, myotonia congenital, narcolepsy, neurofibromatosis, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, lupus erythematosus, neuromyotonia, neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis, Niemann-Pick disease, O’Sullivan-McLeod syndrome, occipital Neuralgia, occult Spinal Dysraphism Sequence, Ohtahara syndrome, olivopontocerebellar atrophy, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, optic neuritis, orthostatic hypotension, palinopsia, paresthesia, Parkinson’s disease, paramyotonia Congenita, paraneoplastic diseases, paroxysmal attacks, Parry- Romberg syndrome, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, periodic paralyses, peripheral neuropathy, photic sneeze reflex, phytanic acid storage disease, Pick’s disease, polymicrogyria (PMG), polymyositis, porencephaly, post-polio syndrome, postherpetic neuralgia (PHN), postural hypotension, Prader-Willi syndrome, primary lateral sclerosis, prion diseases, progressive hemifacial atrophy, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, progressive supranuclear palsy, pseudotumor cerebri, Ramsay Hunt syndrome type I, Ramsay Hunt syndrome type II, Ramsay Hunt syndrome type III, Rasmussen’s encephalitis, reflex neurovascular dystrophy, Refsum disease, restless legs syndrome, retrovirus-associated myelopathy, Rett syndrome, Reye’s syndrome, rhythmic movement disorder, Romberg syndrome, Saint Vitus dance, Sandhoff disease, schizophrenia, Schilder’s disease, schizencephaly, sensory integration dysfunction, septo-optic dysplasia, Shy-Drager syndrome, Sjögren’s syndrome, snatiation, Sotos syndrome, spasticity, spina bifida, spinal cord tumors, spinal muscular atrophy, spinocerebellar ataxia, Steele-Richardson- Olszewski syndrome, Stiff-person syndrome, stroke, Sturge-Weber syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, subcortical arteriosclerotic encephalopathy, superficial siderosis, Sydenham’s chorea, syncope, synesthesia, syringomyelia, tarsal tunnel syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, tardive dysphrenia, Tarlov cyst, Tay-Sachs disease, temporal arteritis, tetanus, tethered spinal cord syndrome, Thomsen disease, thoracic outlet syndrome, tic douloureux, Todd’s paralysis, Tourette syndrome, toxic encephalopathy, transient ischemic attack, transmissible spongiform encephalopathies, transverse myelitis, tremor, trigeminal neuralgia, tropical spastic paraparesis, trypanosomiasis, tuberous sclerosis, ubisiosis, Von Hippel-Lindau disease (VHL), Viliuisk
Encephalomyelitis (VE), Wallenberg’s syndrome, Werdnig, Hoffman disease, west syndrome, Williams syndrome, Wilson’s disease, and Zellweger syndrome. [0229] The compounds and compositions may also be useful in the inhibition of the development of invasive cancer, tumor angiogenesis and metastasis. [0230] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. [0231] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is cancer. [0232] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is metastatic melanoma. [0233] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is tendon regeneration. [0234] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is diabetes. [0235] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is degenerative disc disease. [0236] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is osteoarthritis. [0237] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is a viral infection. [0238] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is a neurological disorder. [0239] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is Alzheimer’s disease. [0240] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is osteoarthritis. [0241] In some embodiments, the patient is a human. [0242] In some embodiments, the cancer is chosen from: hepatocellular carcinoma, colon cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin lymphoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, and ovarian cancer. [0243] In some embodiments, the cancer is chosen from: lung cancer - non-small cell, lung cancer - small cell, multiple myeloma, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, penile cancer, pituitary tumors, prostate cancer, retinoblastoma, synovial sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer - basal and squamous cell, skin cancer – melanoma, small intestine cancer, stomach (gastric) cancers, testicular cancer, thymus cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, laryngeal or hypopharyngeal cancer, kidney cancer, Kaposi sarcoma, gestational trophoblastic disease, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gallbladder cancer, eye cancer (melanoma and lymphoma), Ewing tumor, esophagus cancer, endometrial cancer, colorectal cancer, cervical cancer, brain or spinal cord tumor, bone metastasis, bone cancer, bladder cancer, bile duct cancer, anal cancer and adrenal cortical cancer.
[0244] In some embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is colon cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic myeloid leukemia (CML); in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic myelomonocytic leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); in some embodiments, the cancer is acute myeloid leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is acute lymphocytic leukemia; in some embodiments, the cancer is Hodgkin lymphoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is lymphoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is sarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer - non-small cell; in some embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer - small cell; in some embodiments, the cancer is multiple myeloma; in some embodiments, the cancer is nasopharyngeal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is neuroblastoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is osteosarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is penile cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is pituitary tumors; in some embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is retinoblastoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is rhabdomyosarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is salivary gland cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is skin cancer - basal and squamous cell; in some embodiments, the cancer is skin cancer – melanoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is small intestine cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is stomach (gastric) cancers; in some embodiments, the cancer is testicular cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is thymus cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is thyroid cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is uterine sarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is vaginal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is vulvar cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is Wilms tumor; in some embodiments, the cancer is laryngeal or hypopharyngeal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is kidney cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is Kaposi sarcoma; in some embodiments, the cancer is gestational trophoblastic disease; in some embodiments, the cancer is gastrointestinal stromal tumor; in some embodiments, the cancer is gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; in some embodiments, the cancer is gallbladder cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is eye cancer (melanoma and lymphoma); in some embodiments, the cancer is Ewing tumor; in some embodiments, the cancer is esophagus cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is endometrial cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is cervical cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is brain or spinal cord tumor; in some embodiments, the cancer is bone metastasis; in some embodiments, the cancer is bone cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is bladder cancer; in
some embodiments, the cancer is bile duct cancer; in some embodiments, the cancer is anal cancer; and in some embodiments, the cancer is adrenal cortical cancer. [0245] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is a neurological condition, disorder, or disease, wherein the neurological disease is selected from: Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal dementias, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, multiple system atrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), inclusion body myositis, autism, degenerative myopathies. [0246] In some embodiments, the disorder or disease is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy, traumatic brain injury, tumor, and stroke. [0247] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) inhibits DYRK1A. [0248] In some embodiments, the method treats a disease or disorder mediated by kinase activity in a patient, the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0249] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises tumor growth, cell proliferation, or angiogenesis. [0250] In some embodiments, the method inhibits the activity of a protein kinase receptor, the method comprises contacting the receptor with an effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0251] In some embodiments, the method treats a disease or disorder associated with aberrant cellular proliferation in a patient; the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0252] In some embodiments, the method prevents or reduces abnormal cellular proliferation in a patient; the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound (or compounds) of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0253] In some embodiments, the method treats a disease or disorder associated with aberrant cellular proliferation in a patient, the method comprises administering to the patient a
pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more of the compounds of claim 1 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more other agents. Evaluation of Biological Activity [0254] The biological activity of the compounds described herein can be tested using any suitable assay known to those of skill in the art. For example, the activity of a compound may be tested using one or more of the test methods outlined below. [0255] For example, in vitro assays for DYRK1A biological activity may be used, e.g., regulation of microtubule-associated protein tau (MAPT/Tau) phosphorylation in neuronal cell lines such as the human SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cell line. Assays for DYRK1A-regulated level of phosphorylation can include monitoring levels of basal pSer396 Tau, which can be measured, for example, by serial dilutions of a candidate inhibitor composition using a ten micromolar top concentration and detected by ELISA or Western Blotting. An exemplary assay for DYRK-1A-regulated phosphorylation uses the SH-SY5Y cells cultured in a 96 well plate format for a period of time sufficient to stabilize microtubules and Tau phosphorylation, usually at least 2 days, then treated with a 1/3 serial dilution of compounds overnight and lysed. The cell lysate is resolved by SDS PAGE, then transferred to nitrocellulose and probed with an antibody specific for pSer396 Tau. The chemiluminescence signal for HRP-linked antibodies used in western blotting is detected using a Carestream Image Station and blot densitometry for pSer396 and beta-actin are analyzed using ImageJ (NIH). [0256] In a further example, the activity of a candidate compound can be measured by phosphoTau (Thr212) AlphaLISA by adding the lysate mentioned above onto total Tau-coated plates and detected with a specific pThr212Tau antibody. Colorimetric detection of AlphaLISA signal is performed by EnVision Multilabel Plate Reader (Perkin Elmer). [0257] To further illustrate this disclosure, the following examples are included. The examples should not, of course, be construed as specifically limiting the disclosure. Variations of these examples within the scope of the claims are within the purview of one skilled in the art and are considered to fall within the scope of the disclosure as described and claimed herein. The reader will recognize that the skilled artisan, armed with the present disclosure, and skill in the art is able to prepare and use the disclosure without exhaustive examples.
EXAMPLES Compound preparation [0258] The starting materials used in preparing the compounds of the disclosure are known, made by known methods, or are commercially available. It will be apparent to the skilled artisan that methods for preparing precursors and functionality related to the compounds claimed herein are generally described in the literature. The skilled artisan given the literature and this disclosure is well equipped to prepare any of the compounds. [0259] It is recognized that the skilled artisan in the art of organic chemistry can readily carry out manipulations without further direction, that is, it is well within the scope and practice of the skilled artisan to carry out these manipulations. These include reduction of carbonyl compounds to their corresponding alcohols, oxidations, acylations, aromatic substitutions, both electrophilic and nucleophilic, etherifications, esterification and saponification and the like. These manipulations are discussed in standard texts such as March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure 7th Ed., John Wiley & Sons (2013), Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry 5th Ed., Springer (2007), Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Transformations, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons (1999) (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety)and the like. [0260] The skilled artisan will readily appreciate that certain reactions are best carried out when other functionality is masked or protected in the molecule, thus avoiding any undesirable side reactions and/or increasing the yield of the reaction. Often the skilled artisan utilizes protecting groups to accomplish such increased yields or to avoid the undesired reactions. These reactions are found in the literature and are also well within the scope of the skilled artisan. Examples of many of these manipulations can be found for example in P. Wuts Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons (2014), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [0261] Trademarks used herein are examples only and reflect illustrative materials used at the time of the disclosure. The skilled artisan will recognize that variations in lot, manufacturing processes, and the like, are expected. Hence the examples, and the trademarks used in them are non-limiting, and they are not intended to be limiting, but are merely an illustration of how a skilled artisan may choose to perform one or more of the embodiments of the disclosure. [0262] (1H) nuclear magnetic resonance spectra (NMR) were measured in the indicated solvents on a Bruker NMR spectrometer (Avance TM DRX300, 300 MHz for 1H or Avance TM DRX500, 500 MHz for 1H) or Varian NMR spectrometer (Mercury 400BB, 400 MHz for 1H). Peak positions are expressed in parts per million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane. The peak multiplicities are denoted as follows, s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; ABq, AB
quartet; quin, quintet; sex, sextet; sep, septet; non, nonet; dd, doublet of doublets; ddd, doublet of doublets of doublets; d/ABq, doublet of AB quartet; dt, doublet of triplets; td, triplet of doublets; dq, doublet of quartets; m, multiplet. [0263] The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings: brine = saturated aqueous sodium chloride nBuLi = n-butyllithium CDCl3 = deuterated chloroform m-CPBA = meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid Cs2CO3 = cesium carbonate DCE = dichloroethane DCM = dichloromethane DDQ = 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone DIPEA = N,N-diisopropylethylamine DME = dimethoxyethane, or glyme, or monoglyme DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO = dimethylsulfoxide DMSO-d6 = deuterated dimethylsulfoxide ESIMS = electron spray mass spectrometry EtOAc = ethyl acetate HCl = hydrochloric acid HOAc = acetic acid HPLC =high-performance liquid chromatography ISCO = Teledyne ISCO, Inc brand CombiFlash® Rf 200 KOAc = potassium acetate LC/MS = Liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry MeCN = acetonitrile MeOH = methanol MeTHF = 2-methyltetrahydrofuran MgSO4 = magnesium sulfate monoglyme = 1,2-dimethoxyethane 3Å MS = 3Å molecular sieve MTBE = methyl tert-butyl ether MW = microwave irradiation NaBD4 = sodium borodeuteride
NaHCO3 = sodium bicarbonate NaBH(OAc)3 = Sodium triacetoxyborohydride Na2SO4 = sodium sulfate NBS = N-bromosuccinimide NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance ON = overnight PCy3 = tricyclohexylphosphine Pd/C = palladium on carbon Pd2(dba)3 = tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) Pd(dppf)Cl2 = 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride Pd(OAc)2 = palladium(II) acetate Pd(OH)2/C = palladium hydroxide on carbon PE = petroleum ether QPhos = 1,2,3,4,5-Pentaphenyl-1′-(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene r.t. = room temperature TEA = triethylamine TFA = trifluoroacetic acid THF = tetrahydrofuran TMSOK = potassium trimethylsilanolate [0264] The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of the reader, and collectively represent an example method for making the compounds provided herein. Furthermore, other methods for preparing compounds of the disclosure will be readily apparent to the person of ordinary skill in the art in light of the following reaction schemes and examples. The skilled artisan is thoroughly equipped to prepare these compounds by those methods given the literature and this disclosure. The compound numberings used in the synthetic schemes depicted below are meant for those specific schemes only and should not be construed as or confused with same numberings in other sections of the application. Unless otherwise indicated, all variables are as defined above. General procedures [0265] Compounds of Formula I of the present disclosure can be prepared as depicted in Scheme 1.
Scheme 1 [0266] Scheme 1 describes a method for preparation of pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine derivatives (VI) by first coupling the chloride (I) with a variety of amines (II) to produce bromo pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine III. Formation of a variety of boronic acid pinacol esters by reacting various bromides (IV) with bis(pinacolato)diboron followed by Suzuki coupling with bromide (IV) produces the final pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (VI). Alternatively, a variety of commercial boronic acid pinacol esters (V) can be directly coupled with bromide (III) to produce the final pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazine (VI). [0267] Compounds of Formula I of the present disclosure can also be prepared as depicted in Scheme 2.
Scheme 2 [0268] Scheme 2 describes a method for preparation of pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine derivatives (VI) by oxidizing sulfide VII to the sulfone VIII. Sulfone VIII can then be coupled with a variety of amines (II) to produce bromo pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine III followed by Suzuki coupling with a variety of boronic acids (IX) to produce the final pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (VI). Alternatively, a variety of boronic acids (IX) can be coupled with sulfone VIII followed by coupling with a variety of amines (II) to produce the final pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (VI). Illustrative Compound Examples [0269] Preparation of intermediate 5-bromo-2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-4-d (XVI) is depicted below in Scheme 3.
Scheme 3 Step 1 [0270] To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XI) (100 g, 490.15 mmol, 1 eq.) in MeCN (2 L) was added Cs2CO3 (255.52 g, 784.23 mmol, 1.6 eq.) in one portion at 20 °C (no exothermic). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. A solution of O-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine (146.40 g, 735.22 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in MeCN (2 L) was then added dropwise at 0~5°C under N2. After addition, the reaction was warmed to room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with MTBE (2 L) and washed with brine (2 L x 3). The above reaction was performed six times. [0271] The combined organics of five batches were combined, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/PE = 0→50%, then EtOAc/PE=20%) to give methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XII) (380 g, 1.62 mol, 55.1% yield, 93.3% purity) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.84 (3 H, s), 6.24 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.38 (2 H, br s), 7.12 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz). Steps 2-3 [0272] To a solution of methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XII) (190 g, 867.44 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (1900 mL) was added dropwise 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl isocyanate (179.76 g, 954.18 mmol, 113.06 mL, 1.1 eq.) at 0~5°C, then warmed to room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was then added dropwise to NH3/MeOH (7 M, 1.24 L, 10 eq) at
room temperature, stirred at room temperature for 1 h to give a yellow suspension. The above reaction was performed twice. [0273] The two reactions were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with MTBE (4 L) at room temperature for 30 min, filtered. The filter cake was washed with MTBE ( 500 mL x 3), dried under vacuum to give methyl 3-bromo-1-ureido-1H- pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIII) (402 g, 1.53 mol, 88.2% yield, 99.78% purity) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.75 (3 H, s), 6.27 (2 H, br s), 6.28 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.10 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 9.27 (1 H, br s); ESIMS found for C7H8BrN3O3 m/z 262.1 (79BrM+H). Step 4 [0274] To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-1-ureido-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIII) (67 g, 255.67 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (4 L) was added TMSOK (65.60 g, 511.33 mmol, 2 eq.) in portions at 0~5°C under N2. After stirring for 5 min, the reaction became a thick slurry. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 16 h. LCMS showed ~25.8% of starting material remained. An additional portion of TMSOK (16.40 g, 127.83 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was added at room temperature and stirred for 3 h. LCMS showed the reaction was complete. The reaction was concentrated. The residue was diluted with H2O (1.6 L), cooled with ice-bath, added dropwise HCl (4 M, 160 mL) to pH 2~3, and filtered. The filter cake was washed with H2O (600 mL x 3). The above reaction was performed six times. [0275] The filter cakes of six reactions were combined, triturated with H2O (6 L) at room temperature, for 2 h and then filtered. The filter cake was dried in a vacuum drying oven at 60°C for 24 h to give 5-bromopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (XIV) (320 g, 1.28 mol, 83.4% yield, 91.95% purity) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 6.49 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.17 (1 H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 11.30 (1 H, br s); ESIMS found for C6H4BrN3O2 m/z 232.0 (81BrM+H). Step 5 [0276] To a solution of POCl3 (1500 mL) was added 5-bromopyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (XIV) (180 g, 782.55 mmol, 1 eq.) in portions at room temperature. N,N-Diethylaniline (291.95 g, 1.96 mol, 312.92 mL, 2.5 eq.) was then added dropwise at room temperature (a little exothermic). After addition, the reaction was heated to 105°C for 48 h. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed but the intermediate remained, ~4.3% of desired product was formed. The reaction was cooled to 90°C, added an additional POCl3 (500 mL) in one portion, then heated to reflux gently for 24 h. LCMS showed most of intermediate remained,
~11.9% of desired product was formed. The reaction was heated to reflux gently for another 4 days. LCMS showed ~7.4% of intermediate remained, ~55.5% of desired product was formed. The reaction was cooled to 40°C and distilled under reduced pressure to remove most of POCl3. The residue was diluted with MeTHF (5 L), poured into ice-H2O (2 L), the added brine (1 L), and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with MeTHF (1.5 L x 2). The combined organic were washed with brine (1.5 L x 2), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (4 kg, 100 ~ 200 mesh, DCM/PE = 0-20%) and triturated with n-heptane (500 mL) at room temperature for 3 h, then filtered to afford 5-bromo-2,4-dichloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XV) (150 g, 556.14 mmol, 71.1% yield, 98.96% purity) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.02 (1 H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.79 (1 H, d, J=2.4 Hz); ESIMS found for C6H2BrCl2N3 m/z 266.1 (79BrM+H). Steps 6-7 [0277] To a solution of 5-bromo-2,4-dichloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XV) (1.14 g, 4.27 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added NaBD4 (230 mg, 5.58 mmol) in portions at room temperature. The reaction was stirred to room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with THF (30 mL x 3). The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) before adding DDQ (1.45 g, 6.38 mmol) in portions. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under N2 for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (500 mL), separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (500 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→30% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce 5- bromo-2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-4-d (1.0015 g, 4.290 mmol, 100.4% yield) as a light- yellow solid. ESIMS found for C6H2DBrClN3 m/z 233.0 (M+H). [0278] Preparation of intermediate 2-chloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XXVI) is depicted below in Scheme 4.
Scheme 4 Step 1 [0279] To a solution of methyl 4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XVII) (commercially available from PharmaBlock (USA), Inc.) (1 g, 6.99 mmol) in CHCl3 (9 mL) at 0°C was added N-bromosuccinimide (2.64 g, 14.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10% sodium thiosulfate (50 mL) and extracted with CHC3 (3x30 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (50ml) and evaporated under reduced pressure to produce methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1H- pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XVIII) (2.1 g, 6.979 mmol, 99.9% yield) as a beige solid. The product was used as is without further purification. ESIMS found for C6H4Br2FNO2 m/z 299.9 (M+H). Step 2
[0280] To a solution of methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XVIII) (2.1 g, 6.98 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0°C under N2 was added slowly NaH (0.43 g, 10.63 mmol) in small portions. The suspension was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To the suspension was added (2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl)trimethylsilane (1.9 mL, 10.74 mmol) at 0°C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 h before quenching with ice-water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The EtOAc layer was evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (100% hexanes) to produce methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIX) (2.76 g, 6.401 mmol, 91.7% yield) as an amber liquid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm -0.07 (9 H, s), 0.81 (2 H, t, J=7.80 Hz), 3.50 (2 H, t, J=7.80 Hz), 3.82 (3 H, s), 5.69 (2 H, s). Step 3 [0281] To solution of methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-fluoro-1-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XIX) (2.76 g, 6.4 mmol) in dry THF (60 mL) at -78°C under N2 was added nBuLi (2.4 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at - 78°C for 1 h. The mixture was carefully quenched with ice water (20 mL), warmed to room temperature, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The organics were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→6% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce methyl 3-bromo-4-fluoro-1-((2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XX) (760 mg, 2.157 mmol, 33.7% yield) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm -0.06 (9 H, s), 0.80 (2 H, t, J=7.96 Hz), 3.41 - 3.50 (2 H, m), 3.80 (3 H, s), 5.56 (2 H, s), 7.52 (1 H, d, J=3.29 Hz). Step 4 [0282] To a stirred solution of methyl 3-bromo-4-fluoro-1-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XX) (881 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DCM (23 mL) was added TFA (23 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The solvents were concentrated, the residue taken in a mixture of MeOH (12 mL)/water (6 mL). To this mixture was added K2CO3 (1.75 g, 12.66 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 4 h. Water (10 mL) was added, and the solution was neutralized with 1 H HCl and washed with CHCl3 (3 x 10 mL). The organic layer was stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→5% MeOH/CHCl3 (7 N NH3)) to produce methyl 3-bromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXI) (450 mg, 2.027 mmol, 81.0% yield) as an off white solid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ
ppm 3.80 (3 H, s), 7.15 (1 H, d, J=3.56 Hz), 12.29 (1 H, br s); ESIMS found for C6H5BrFNO2 m/z 222.0 (M+H). Step 5 [0283] To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXI) (500 mg, 2.25 mmol) in dry DMF (7 mL) at 0°C was slowly added NaH (120 mg, 2.93 mmol). After 30 min, O-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine (490 mg, 2.48 mmol)) was added in one portion and the reaction was stirred in the ice bath for 1 h and at room temperature for 1 h. LC/MS showed the reaction was incomplete so addition O-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine (490 mg, 2.48 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 15 min. The reaction was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x75 mL). The combined extracts were stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (100% CHCl3) to produce methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-4-fluoro- 1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXII) (501 mg, 2.114 mmol, 93.9% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.80 (3 H, s), 6.36 (2 H, s), 7.25 (1 H, d, J=3.29 Hz); ESIMS found for C6H6BrFN2O2 m/z 237.0 (M+H). Step 6 [0284] To a solution of methyl 1-amino-3-bromo-4-fluoro-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXII) (500 mg, 2.11 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added pyridine (210 µL, 2.6 mmol) and methyl carbonochloridate (180 µL, 2.33 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. DCM (100 mL) was added and washed with 1 N HCl (2 x 50 mL), stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce methyl 3-bromo-4-fluoro-1-((methoxycarbonyl) amino)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXIII) (560 mg, 1.898 mmol, 89.8% yield) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.69 (3 H, br s), 3.76 (3 H, s), 7.48 (1 H, br d, J=1.92 Hz), 10.76 (1 H, br s); ESIMS found for C8H8BrFN2O4 m/z 295.0 (M+H). Step 7 [0285] To NH4OH (35 mL, 263.7 mmol) in a sealed tube was added methyl 3-bromo- 4-fluoro-1-((methoxycarbonyl)amino)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (XXIII) (560 mg, 1.9 mmol). The reaction was sealed and heated to 110°C for 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in MeCN. The solvent was stripped (3x to remove water) and placed under high vacuum for 1 h, to produce 5-bromo-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)- dione (XXIV) (440 mg, 1.774 mmol, 93.5% yield) as a light brown solid. The product was used as
is without further purification. 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.04 (1 H, d, J=3.29 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, br s), 9.58 (1 H, br s); ESIMS found for C6H3BrFN3O2 m/z 247.9 (M+H). Step 8 [0286] To a solution of neat POCl3 (3 mL, 32.19 mmol) was added 5-bromo-6- fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (XXIV) (440 mg, 1.77 mmol) in portions at room temperature. N,N-Diethylaniline (0.7 mL, 4.4 mmol) was then added dropwise at room temperature. The reaction was heated at 105°C for 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum before adding water (20 mL) and extracting with EtOAc. The organic layer was stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce 5-bromo-2,4-dichloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XXV) (175 mg, 0.614 mmol, 34.6% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.92 (1 H, d, J=3.29 Hz); ESIMS found for C6HBrCl2FN3 m/z 283.9 (M+H). Steps 9-10 [0287] To a solution of 5-bromo-2,4-dichloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XXV) (360 mg, 1.26 mmol) in THF (5.44 mL) was added sodium borohydride (61.6 mg, 1.63 mmol) in portions at room temperature. After addition, the reaction was stirred to room temperature for 2 h. The LC/MS shows 5-bromo-2-chloro-6-fluoro-3,4-dihydropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (ESIMS found for C6H4BrClFN3 m/z 251.9 (M+1)). The reaction mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with THF (3 x 30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (1 mL). DDQ (60 mg, 0.26 mmol) was then added in portions at room temperature. After addition, the reaction was stirred at room temperature under N2 for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and to the filtrate was added aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (500 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with DCM (2 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→30% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce 5-bromo-2-chloro-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (XXVI) (274 mg, 1.094 mmol, 86.6% yield) as a light yellow solid. ESIMS found for C6H2BrClFN3 m/z 249.9 (M+H). [0288] Preparation of intermediate 6-bromo-1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-1H- benzo[d][1,2,3]triazole (XXX) is depicted below in Scheme 5.
Scheme 5 Step 1 [0289] A solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-1-nitrobenzene (XXVII) (20.0 g, 98.03 mmol) in THF (500.0 mL) was cooled to 0°C. Cs2CO3 (63.9 g, 196.06 mmol) was added, 2,2- difluoroethan-1-amine (XXVIII) (36.6 g, 183.81 mmol) was added at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to 40°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (500 L x 3). The combined organics were washed with brine (3 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (10→20% EtOAc/PE) to give 5-bromo-N-(2,2- difluoroethyl)-2-nitroaniline (XXIX) (23 g, 81.83 mmol, 83.5% yield) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.99 (tdd, J = 15.6, 6.6, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.29 (tt, J = 55.4, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H); ESIMS found for C8H7BrF2N2O2 m/z 280.9 (M+H). Step 2 [0290] To a solution of 5-bromo-N-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-nitroaniline (XXIX) (12.0 g, 42.86 mmol) in HOAc/HCl (500/50 mL) was added Fe (30.0 g, 428.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 30 minutes, then cooled to room temperature and filtered. NaNO2 (3.0 g, 53.58 mmol) in water (20 mL) was then added dropwise into the above acid solution at 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 h at 0°C. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (300 mL) and H2O (300 mL). The pH was adjusted >7 with NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 500 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (3 x 500 mL). The organic layers was concentrated, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (10→50% EtOAc/PE) to give 6-bromo-1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-1H- benzo[d][1,2,3]triazole (XXX) (5 g, 19.08 mmol, 44.5%) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d6) δ 5.41 – 5.29 (m, 2H), 6.61 (tt, J = 54.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H); ESIMS found for C8H6BrF2N3 m/z 261.9 (M+H). [0291] Preparation of intermediate 5-chloro-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXIII) is depicted below in Scheme 6.
Scheme 6 Step 1 [0292] A mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXI) (commercially available from Ambeed, Inc.) (1 g, 5.97 mmol), 1,1-difluoro-2-iodoethane (XXXII) (1.38 g, 7.19 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.65 g, 11.94 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was heated to 70°C overnight. LCMS showed the formation of two isomers. The desired isomer was the major product. The reaction mixture was cooled, solvents concentrated, and the residue partitioned between EtOAc/water. The organics were separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, and the solvents were concentrated. The crude was purified by ISCO (0→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain 5-chloro-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXIII) (830 mg, 3.583 mmol, 60.1% yield) as a beige solid. ESIMS found for C9H8ClF2N3 m/z 232.0 (M+H). [0293] The following intermediate was prepared in accordance with the procedure described in the above Scheme 6.
XXXIV [0294] 5-Chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXIV): Amber viscous solid (947 mg, 4.272 mmol, 71.6% yield). ESIMS found for C11H12ClN3 m/z 222.1 (M+H).
[0295] Preparation of intermediate 5-chloro-3-ethyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridine (XXXVI) is depicted below in Scheme 7.
Scheme 7 Step 1 [0296] To a slurry of K2CO3 (4.12 g, 29.83 mmol) in DMSO (6 mL) was added 5- chloro-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXI) (commercially available from eNovation Chemicals, LLC) (1 g, 5.97 mmol) and 2-iodopropane (XXXV) (5.07 g, 29.83 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 h and 60°C for 1 h. The reaction was poured into a solution of water and EtOAc and extracted the EtOAc. The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc (3x), collected organics, washed organics with brine, and dried over MgSO4. The crude product was purified via column chromatography (24g of silica gel ) (50→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce 5-chloro-2-methyl-3-propan-2-ylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXVI) (720 mg, 3.434 mmol, 57.6% yield) as an amber viscous solid. ESIMS found for C10H12ClN3 m/z 210.1 (M+H). [0297] The following intermediates were prepared in accordance with the procedure described in the above Scheme 7.
XXXVII [0298] 5-Chloro-3-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXVII): White solid (836 mg, 3.431 mmol, 63.9% yield). ESIMS found for C10H8ClF2N3 m/z 244.1 (M+H).
XXXIX [0299] 5-Chloro-3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXIX): Amber viscous solid (300 mg, 1.353 mmol, 22.7% yield). ESIMS found for C11H12ClN3 m/z 222.1 (M+H). [0300] Preparation of intermediate N-(cis-4-aminocyclohexyl)acetamide (XLII) is depicted below in Scheme 8.
Scheme 8 Step 1 [0301] To a stirring solution of tert-butyl N-(4-aminocyclohexyl)carbamate (XL) (Commercially available from Combi-Blocks Inc.) (0.6 g, 2.8 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added TEA (1.2 mL, 8.61 mmol). Acetyl chloride (XLI) (0.22 mL, 3.09 mmol) was then added slowly, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solvent was removed, and the crude material was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with 1 M NaOH, brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and finally concentrated. The product was dissolved in EtOH (2 mL) and 4 M HCl (1 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h before evaporating to dryness to give the HCl salt of N-(4-aminocyclohexyl)acetamide (XLII) (480 mg, 2.49 mmol, 89.0% yield) as a white solid. ESIMS found for C8H16N2O m/z 157.05 (M+H). [0302] Preparation of intermediate trans-4-amino-1-ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVIII) is depicted below in Scheme 9.
Scheme 9 Step 1 [0303] To a solution of trans-4-aminocyclohexan-1-ol (XLIII) (25 g, 0.217 mmol) and benzyl bromide (XLIV) (74.2 g, 0.434 mmol) in MeCN (500 mL) was added K2CO3 (90 g, 0.6512 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 90°C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeCN. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and then extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3) and H2O. The organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and evaporated under high vacuum to produce trans-4-(dibenzylamino)cyclohexan-1-ol (XLV) (32 g, 108.3 mmol, 49.9% yield) as a white solid. The product was directly used in the next step without further purification. ESIMS found for C20H25NO m/z 296.3 (M+H). Step 2 [0304] To a solution of (COCl)2 (12.89 g, 101.55 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) at -70°C under N2 was slowly added DMSO (10.6 g, 135.4 mmol) in DCM (50 mL). trans-4- (dibenzylamino)cyclohexan-1-ol (XLV) (20.0 g, 67.7 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added at -70°C under N2 and stirred for 30 min. TEA (21.92 g, 216.64 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at -70°C warming to room temperature over 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (800 mL) and extracted with DCM (800 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (9→25% EtOAc/PE) to afford 4-(dibenzylamino)cyclohexan-1-one
(XLVI) (18.0 g, 61.3 mmol, 90.6% yield) as a white solid. ESIMS found for C20H23NO m/z 294.2 (M+H). Step 3 [0305] 4-(Dibenzylamino)cyclohexan-1-one (XLVI) (5.0 g, 17.04 mmol) was added to THF (50 mL) at -78°C under N2 and stirred for 1 h. Ethylmagnesium bromide (17 mL, 34.08 mmol,) was added and the reaction was stirred at -78°C warming to room temperature over 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with NH4Cl (100 mL), filtered, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under a high vacuum to give a residue. LC/MS showed two products. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (2→3% EtOAc/PE) to afford only the trans-4-(dibenzylamino)-1- ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVII) (1.5 g, 4.637 mmol, 27.2% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.80 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.17 – 1.10 (m, 2H), 1.47 – 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.65 (t, J = 11.4 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (s, 1H), 3.57 (s, 4H), 3.91 (s, 1H), 7.21 – 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.34 – 7.27 (m, 8H); ESIMS found for C22H29NO m/z 324.2 (M+H). Step 4 [0306] To a solution of trans-4-(dibenzylamino)-1-ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVII) (1.5 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOAc (50.0 mL), 10% Pd/C (0.4 g), 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.4 g) was purged with H2. The mixture was stirred under a H2 atm at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filter through Celite® and concentrated under high vacuum to give trans-4-amino-1- ethylcyclohexan-1-ol (XLVIII) (390 mg, 2.723 mmol, 58.7% yield) as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.80 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.14 – 1.03 (m, 2H), 1.29 – 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.40 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.59 – 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.70 – 2.61 (m, 1H), 3.84 (br s, 1H); ESIMS found for C8H17NO m/z 144.1 (M+H). Example 1. [0307] Preparation of 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (64) is depicted below in Scheme 10.
Scheme 10 Step 1 [0308] 5-Chloro-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (XXXIII) (5.57 g, 24.03 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (7.93 g, 31.22 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (977 mg, 1.2 mmol) and KOAc (7.08 g, 72.15 mmol) were suspended in dry DMF (55 mL) and the reaction was sonicated and degassed with Argon for 5 minutes. The reaction was then stirred at 90°C for 4 h. Celite® was added and the reaction mixture was reduced in vacuo and purified by reverse phase column chromatography (0→18% MeCN/H2O in 0.1% formic acid). Appropriate fractions were pooled and reduced in vacuo to ∼100 mL and the resulting precipitate was filtered to give the product [3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl]boronic acid (XLIX) (4.044 g,16.78 mmol, 69.8% yield) as a white solid (100% pure), store in -20 °C. The filtrate was reduced in vacuo to give additional [3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl]boronic acid
(XLIX) (1.664 g, 6.905 mmol, 28.7% yield) as a viscous yellow oil that turned into a fluffy yellow solid (∼80% pure). ESIMS found for C9H10BF2N3O2 m/z 242.1 (M+H). Step 2 [0309] 5-Bromo-2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine (I) (commercially available from Advanced ChemBlocks Inc.) (1.5 g, 6.45 mmol), [3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl]boronic acid (XLIX) (1.63 g, 6.78 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (45 mg, 0.2 mmol) and QPhos (270 mg, 0.38 mmol) were dissolved in dry1,4-dioxane (35 mL) and purged with Ar for 5 min. A 2 N aqueous solution of K3PO4 (6.45 mL, 12.9 mmol) was added and the reaction was purged with Ar for a further 2 min. The reaction was then heated to 80°C for 30 min. To the reaction mixture was added to DCM and aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution was added, and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (×3), and the combined organic layers were dried (anhydrous MgSO4) and reduced in vacuo to give an orange solid. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0→100% EtOAc/hexanes) followed by (0→6% 7.0 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3). Appropriate fractions were combined and reduced in vacuo to give an orange solid. The solid was triturated with MeOH and filtered, washing with MeOH. The product 5-(2- chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (1.79 g, 5.133 mmol, 79.5% yield) was collected as a yellow solid. The filtrate was reduced in vacuo to give additional 5-(2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (L) (481 mg, 1.379 mmol, 21.4% yield) as an orange solid (60% pure) and was used without further purification. ESIMS found for C15H11ClF2N6 m/z 349.1 (M+H). Step 3 [0310] 5-(2-chloropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-5-yl)-3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methylimidazo [4,5-b]pyridine (L) (150 mg, 0.43 mmol) and tert-butyl (3R,4R)-4-amino-3- fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LI) (123 mg, 0.56 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). DIPEA (200 µL, 1.15 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 120°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was added to water (15 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under high vacuo to obtain the crude product tert-butyl (3R,4R)-4- ((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2- yl)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LII) (256 mg, 0.483 mmol, 112.2% yield) as a yellow solid which was used for next step without further purification. ESIMS found for C25H29F3N8O2 m/z 531.3 (M+1).
Step 4 [0311] tert-Butyl (3R,4R)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LII) (228 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL). TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, absorbed on silica gel and purified by ISCO (0→10% 7 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3) to obtain 5-(3-(2,2- difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-((3R,4R)-3-fluoropiperidin-4- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LIII) (161 mg, 0.374 mmol, 87.0% yield) as a yellow solid. ESIMS found for C20H21F3N8 m/z 431.2 (M+1). Step 5 [0312] A mixture of 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)-N-((3R,4R)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LIII) (80 mg, 0.19 mmol), 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (LIV) (32.mg, 0.23 mmol) and K2CO3 (65 mg, 0.47 mmol) were taken in DMF (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to 65°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with water (15 mL), extracted with DCM, washed with brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organics were concentrated and purified by ISCO (0→5% 7 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3) to produce 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(2-methoxyethyl) piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (64) (35 mg, 0.072 mmol, 38.5% yield) as a yellow solid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.46 - 1.56 (1 H, m), 1.92 - 2.04 (1 H, m), 2.09 - 2.15 (1 H, m), 2.15 - 2.21 (1 H, m), 2.57 (2 H, td, J=5.61, 2.46 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.77 - 2.86 (1 H, m), 3.18 - 3.24 (1 H, m), 3.24 (3 H, s), 3.44 (2 H, t, J=5.75 Hz), 3.85 (1 H, br d, J=4.93 Hz), 4.56 (1 H, dtd, J=49.65, 9.45, 9.45, 4.93 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.05 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 7.25 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.71 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H27F3N8O m/z 489.2 (M+1). Example 2. [0313] Preparation of 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-d-2-amine (107) is depicted below in Scheme 11.
Scheme 11 Step 1 [0314] To a solution of 5-[3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl]-N-[1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl]pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LV) (100 mg, 0.21 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at 0°C was added NBS (37 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 10% Sodium bisulfite (10 mL) was then added and extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The solvent stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→30% MeOH/CHCl3) to produce 7-bromo-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo [2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LVI) (100 mg, 0.183 mmol, 85.6% yield) as a light yellow solid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.51 - 1.63 (2 H, m), 1.89 (2 H, br t, J=11.23 Hz), 1.97 (2 H, br d, J=12.05 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.70 (2 H, br d, J=11.77 Hz), 3.40 (1 H, quin, J=6.37 Hz), 3.70 (1 H, br s), 4.43 (2 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.53 (2 H, t, J=6.57 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.15 Hz), 7.14 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.46 (1 H, s), 7.75 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.97 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.66 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H25BrF2N8O m/z 549.2 (Br81M+H). Steps 2-3 [0315] To a mixture of 7-bromo-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine (LVI) (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) and palladium (9 mg, 0.01 mmol) in degassed MeOH-d4 (2 ml) was added NaBD4 (2 mg, 0.05 mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, An additional portion of NaBD4 (2 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 h (this was repeated 3 times). LCMS showed the debromination(deuterated)/reduced product, 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-6,7- dihydropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-d-2-amine (ESIMS found for C23H27DF2N8O m/z 472.2 (M+1)). Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The DCM layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. To this solution was
added DDQ (10.4 mg, 0.05 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The reaction was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The DCM layer was stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→30% MeOH/CHCl3). The fractions containing product were concentrated and re-purified by HPLC (C18 chromatography) (0→35% water/MeCN (0.1 % formic acid as modifier)). The fractions containing the product were frozen in acetone containing dry ice and lyophilized to produce 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)-N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-d-2-amine (107) (5 mg, 0.011 mmol, 23.3% yield) as a yellow solid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.48 - 1.62 (2 H, m), 1.88 (2 H, br t, J=11.50 Hz), 1.93 (2 H, br d, J=12.05 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.69 (2 H, br d, J=11.22 Hz), 3.39 (1 H, quin, J=6.43 Hz), 3.55 - 3.70 (1 H, m), 4.42 (2 H, t, J=6.02 Hz), 4.53 (2 H, t, J=6.57 Hz), 4.83 (2 H, td, J=15.88, 2.74 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 6.85 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.18 - 7.27 (1 H, m), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H25[2H]F2N8O m/z 470.2 (M+1). Example 3. [0316] Preparation of 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine (131) and 3-((3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)oxetane-3-carbonitrile (133) are depicted below in Scheme 12.
Scheme 12 Step 1 [0317] A mixture of DIPEA (0.72 mL, 4.13 mmol), 5-bromo-2-chloropyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazine-4-d (XVI) (200 mg, 0.86 mmol) and tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-amino-3- fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LI) (560 mg, 2.57 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was heated to 110°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue partitioned between DCM/water, organic layer separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, the solvent was stripped onto Celite® and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to produce tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-bromopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4- d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LVII) (136 mg, 0.328 mmol, 38.2% yield) as a beige solid. ESIMS found for C16H20DBrFN5O2 m/z 415.1 (M+H). Step 2 [0318] (3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)boronic acid (XLIX) (87 mg, 0.36 mmol), tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-bromopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4- d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LVII) (136 mg, 0.33 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (27 mg, 0.03 mmol) and a 2 M aqueous solution of K3PO4 (0.49 mL, 0.98 mmol) were dissolved in dry 1,4-
dioxane (3 mL) in a microwave vial. The reaction mixture was purged with N2 for 5 min and then heated to 110°C for 40 min. The reaction mixture was reduced in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to give tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3- fluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (LVIII) (116 mg, 0.218 mmol, 66.6% yield) as a yellow solid. ESIMS found for C25H28DF3N8O2 m/z 532.3 (M+H). Step 3 [0319] To a solution of tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidine-1- carboxylate (LVIII) (116 mg, 0.22 mmol) in CHCl3 (4 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 15 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→6% 7 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3) to produce 5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3- fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine (LVIX) (92 mg, 0.213 mmol, 97.7% yield) as a light yellow solid. ESIMS found for C20H20DF3N8 m/z 432.2 (M+1). Steps 4-6 [0320] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine (LIX) (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) was suspended in dry DCE (2 mL) and EtOH (0.2 mL). Acetic acid (24 µL, 0.42 mmol), oxetan-3-one (LX) (24 µL, 0.41 mmol), and 3Å MS (5 beads) were added and the reaction was heated to 65°C for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 1.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed (leaving 1.1 mL behind) and was added to a separate vial. [0321] To the first vial, NaBH(OAc)3 (60 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 10 min. CHCl3 (10 mL) was added and the reaction was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The CHCl3 layer was stripped onto Celite® and purified by column chromatography (0→6% 7 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3) to produce 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine (131) (15 mg, 0.031 mmol, 22.1% yield) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.70 - 1.80 (1 H, m), 1.92 (1 H, qd, J=12.00, 3.70 Hz), 2.00 - 2.07 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H, dd, J=37.05, 12.32 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=10.95 Hz), 2.95 - 3.04 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.30 Hz), 3.78 - 3.95 (1 H, m), 4.40 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.20, 3.00 Hz), 4.93 (1 H, d, J=51.80
Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.70, 3.00 Hz), 6.93 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz); ESIMS found for C23H24[2H]F3N8O m/z 488.2 (M+1). [0322] To the second vial, trimethylsilyl cyanide (35 µL, 0.28 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 10 min. LCMS showed 50% reaction, a second eq of trimethylsilyl cyanide (35 µL, 0.28 mmol) and stirred for 10 min. The LC/MS shows the reaction to be complete. CHCl3 (10 mL) was added, and the reaction was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The CHCl3 layer was stripped onto Celite® and purified by column chromatography (0→6% 7 N NH3 in MeOH/CHCl3) to produce 3-((3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidin-1- yl)oxetane-3-carbonitrile (133) (22 mg, 0.043 mmol, 30.9% yield) as a yellow solid.1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.84 (1 H, br dd, J=12.87, 3.56 Hz), 2.00 (1 H, qd, J=12.23, 3.83 Hz), 2.10 - 2.19 (1 H, m), 2.27 (1 H, dd, J=36.20, 12.32 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.78 - 2.87 (1 H, m), 3.01 - 3.11 (1 H, m), 3.82 - 4.01 (1 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.65 (1 H, d, J=6.84 Hz), 4.76 (2 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 5.03 (1 H, d, J=49.10 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.70, 3.00 Hz), 7.04 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz); ESIMS found for C24H23[2H]F3N9O m/z 513.25 (M+1). [0323] The following compounds were prepared in accordance with the procedures described in the above Schemes 1-8.
15 [0324] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-isopropyl-2-methyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 15. [0325] Yellow solid (17 mg, 0.039 mmol, 39.2% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.72 (6 H, d, J=6.84 Hz), 1.76 - 1.84 (1 H, m), 1.84 - 1.92 (1 H, m), 2.15 - 2.23 (1 H, m), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.40 (1 H, ddd, J=26.60, 11.75, 1.60 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.79 (1 H, br d, J=11.77 Hz), 3.00 - 3.11 (1 H, m), 4.18 - 4.36 (1 H, m), 4.84 (1 H, spt, J=6.84 Hz), 7.07 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, s), 7.70 (1 H, d, J=5.48 Hz), 7.90 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.67 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H26F2N8 m/z 441.2 (M+1).
[0326] N-((3R,4S)-3-Fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-isopropyl-2-methyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 16. [0327] Yellow solid (33 mg, 0.071 mmol, 46.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.72 (6 H, d, J=6.84 Hz), 1.73 - 1.78 (1 H, m), 1.92 (1 H, qd, J=12.05, 3.56 Hz), 1.99 - 2.09 (1 H, m), 2.18 (1 H, dd, J=37.00, 12.59 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=9.86 Hz), 2.94 - 3.06 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.37 Hz), 3.78 - 3.93 (1 H, m), 4.40 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.84 (1 H, quin, J=6.84 Hz), 4.93 (1 H, d, J=49.35 Hz), 6.94 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.25 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.89 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.67 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H29FN8O m/z 465.3 (M+1).
[0328] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-isopropyl-2-methyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 20. [0329] Yellow solid (14 mg, 0.029 mmol, 29.5% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.72 (6 H, d, J=6.84 Hz), 1.76 - 1.87 (1 H, m), 1.87 - 1.96 (1 H, m), 2.13 - 2.22 (1 H, m), 2.43 (1 H, dd, J=26.60, 11.77 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=11.50 Hz), 2.93 - 3.08 (1 H, m), 3.61 (1 H, quin, J=6.30 Hz), 4.27 - 4.39 (1 H, m), 4.40 - 4.49 (2 H, m), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.71, 3.83 Hz), 4.84 (1 H, spt, J=6.84 Hz), 7.14 (1 H, d, J=9.58 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.68 - 7.71 (2 H, m), 7.90 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.68 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H28F2N8O m/z 483.25 (M+1).
50 [0330] (1r,4r)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-1-ethylcyclohexan-1-ol 50. [0331] White solid (33 mg, 0.072 mmol, 50.5% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 0.84 (3 H, t, J=7.39 Hz), 1.31 - 1.40 (2 H, m), 1.42 - 1.47 (2 H, m), 1.47 (2 H, q, J=7.30 Hz), 1.59 - 1.71 (2 H, m), 1.81 - 1.94 (2 H, m), 2.60 (3 H, s), 3.70 (1 H, tt, J=8.08, 4.11 Hz), 3.98 (1 H, s), 4.83 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.15 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.22 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.69 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H27F2N7O m/z 456.25 (M+1).
[0332] (R)-N-(4,4-Difluoro-1-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 57. [0333] Fluffy yellow solid after lyophilization (6 mg, 0.013 mmol, 10.4% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.29 (3 H, s), 2.46 (1 H, t, J=9.03 Hz), 2.55 - 2.66 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 3.19 - 3.24 (1 H, m), 3.24 - 3.29 (1 H, m), 4.51 - 4.67 (1 H, m), 4.85 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 3.01 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.21 (1 H, d, J=9.03 Hz), 7.30 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.70 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.75 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.75 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H20F4N8 m/z 449.2 (M+1).
[0334] (R)-N-(4,4-Difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 58. [0335] Fluffy yellow solid after lyophilization (4 mg, 0.008 mmol, 5.7% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.54 (1 H, t, J=8.90 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.70 - 2.80 (1 H, m), 3.25 - 3.31 (2 H, m), 3.72 (1 H, quin, J=6.09 Hz), 4.50 (2 H, td, J=5.95, 3.97 Hz), 4.59 (2 H, q,
J=6.75 Hz), 4.61 - 4.69 (1 H, m), 4.85 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.23 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 7.31 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.71 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.76 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H22F4N8O m/z 491.1 (M+1).
[0336] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3S,4R)-4-fluoropiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 62. [0337] Yellow solid (107 mg, 0.249 mmol, 86.8% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.65 - 1.81 (1 H, m), 1.86 - 1.95 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.62 - 2.68 (1 H, m), 2.68 - 2.74 (1 H, m), 2.75 - 2.81 (1 H, m), 2.81 - 2.87 (1 H, m), 3.90 - 4.06 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 3.01 Hz), 4.99 (1 H, dt, J=50.20, 2.63 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 6.72 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.73 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H21F3N8 m/z 431.2 (M+1).
[0338] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 63. [0339] Yellow solid (24 mg, 0.049 mmol, 26.5% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.76 - 1.95 (1 H, m), 1.97 - 2.05 (1 H, m), 2.09 (1 H, br t, J=11.09 Hz), 2.17 (1 H, br t, J=10.81 Hz), 2.46 - 2.49 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.64 - 2.70 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.30 Hz), 3.99 - 4.17 (1 H, m), 4.46 (2 H, dt, J=11.02, 5.99 Hz), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.43, 4.11 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 3.01 Hz), 4.98 (1 H, d, J=50.45 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 6.81 (1 H, br d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.28 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.74 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H25F3N8O m/z 487.2 (M+1).
[0340] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 64. [0341] Yellow solid (35 mg, 0.072 mmol, 38.5% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.46 - 1.56 (1 H, m), 1.92 - 2.04 (1 H, m), 2.09 - 2.15 (1 H, m), 2.15 - 2.21 (1 H, m), 2.57 (2 H, td, J=5.61, 2.46 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.77 - 2.86 (1 H, m), 3.18 - 3.24 (1 H, m), 3.24 (3 H, s), 3.44 (2 H, t, J=5.75 Hz), 3.85 (1 H, br d, J=4.93 Hz), 4.56 (1 H, dtd, J=49.65, 9.45, 9.45, 4.93 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.05 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 7.25 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.71 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H27F3N8O m/z 489.2 (M+1).
[0342] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 65. [0343] Fluffy yellow solid (7 mg, 0.014 mmol, 37.5% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.29 (3 H, s), 1.72 - 1.80 (1 H, m), 1.91 (1 H, qd, J=11.91, 3.70 Hz), 2.21 (1 H, br t, J=10.95 Hz), 2.36 (1 H, dd, J=35.35, 11.77 Hz), 2.53 - 2.59 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.72 - 2.87 (1 H, m), 3.73 - 3.96 (1 H, m), 4.13 (2 H, dd, J=7.67, 5.75 Hz), 4.34 (1 H, d, J=5.75 Hz), 4.42 (1 H, d, J=5.75 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.10, 3.00 Hz), 4.92 (1 H, d, J=50.50 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.60, 3.00 Hz), 6.93 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.65 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.73 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H27F3N8O m/z 501.3 (M+1).
[0344] 3-((3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)oxetane-3-carbonitrile 66. [0345] Yellow solid (17 mg, 0.033 mmol, 60.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.84 (1 H, br dd, J=12.87, 3.29 Hz), 2.00 (1 H, qd, J=12.18, 3.97 Hz), 2.11 - 2.18 (1 H, m), 2.26 (1 H, dd, J=36.20, 12.32 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.82 (1 H, br dd, J=10.95, 1.37 Hz), 2.98 - 3.12 (1 H, m), 3.80 - 4.02 (1 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.65 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.76 (2 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 5.03 (1 H, d, J=49.35 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.55, 3.00 Hz), 7.05 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.74 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H24F3N9O m/z 512.2 (M+1).
[0346] (S)-N-(5,5-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 67. [0347] Yellow solid (26 mg, 0.056 mmol, 50.4% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.81 - 1.95 (1 H, m), 1.98 (1 H, t, J=10.40 Hz), 2.25 - 2.36 (1 H, m), 2.29 (3 H, s), 2.36 - 2.43 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.91 - 3.07 (2 H, m), 3.99 - 4.13 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.08, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 6.84 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.73 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H22F4N8 m/z 463.2 (M+1).
[0348] (S)-1-(5-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-3,3-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one 68. [0349] Yellow solid (30 mg, 0.061 mmol, 54.9% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 2.15 (3 H, s), 2.17 - 2.28 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.67 - 2.79 (1 H, m), 3.03 (1 H, dd, J=13.42, 10.40 Hz), 3.19 (1 H, dd, J=30.70, 13.75 Hz), 3.83 - 3.97 (1 H, m), 4.07 - 4.23 (1 H, m), 4.46 - 4.63 (1 H, m), 4.82 (2 H, td, J=15.64, 3.29 Hz), 6.51 (1 H, tt, J=54.80, 3.30 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, br s), 7.24 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.20 Hz), 7.71 (1 H, d, J=8.51 Hz), 7.94 (1 H, d, J=8.23 Hz), 9.71 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H22F4N8O m/z 491.2 (M+1).
[0350] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 69. [0351] Yellow solid (29 mg, 0.063 mmol, 65.4% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.75 - 1.90 (2 H, m), 2.12 - 2.23 (1 H, m), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.34 - 2.45 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.79 (1 H, br d, J=11.50 Hz), 3.01 - 3.12 (1 H, m), 4.20 - 4.36 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.73, 2.80 Hz), 7.06 (1 H, d, J=9.58 Hz), 7.28 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.68 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.75 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.74 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H22F4N8 m/z 463.2 (M+1).
74 [0352] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 74. [0353] Yellow solid (5 mg, 0.010 mmol, 5.9% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.75 - 1.87 (1 H, m), 1.88 - 1.97 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H, br t, J=10.68 Hz), 2.35 - 2.47 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.77 (1 H, br d, J=10.68 Hz), 2.97 - 3.09 (1 H, m), 3.61 (1 H, quin, J=6.23 Hz), 4.27 - 4.40 (1 H, m), 4.40 - 4.49 (2 H, m), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 4.11 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.29 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.68 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.75 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.75 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H24F4N8O m/z 505.2 (M+1).
[0354] (R)-5-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)piperidin-2-one 78. [0355] Yellow solid (12 mg, 0.028 mmol, 49.1% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.73 - 1.95 (1 H, m), 1.97 - 2.06 (1 H, m), 2.14 - 2.29 (1 H, m), 2.29 - 2.39 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 3.09 - 3.51 (2 H, m), 3.77 - 4.05 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.60 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.05 Hz), 6.93 - 7.11 (1 H, m), 7.22 - 7.31 (1 H, m), 7.64 - 7.71 (1 H, m), 7.74 (1 H, dd, J=8.21, 1.64 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.65 - 9.79 (1 H, m); ESIMS found for C20H20F2N8O m/z 427.2 (M+1).
[0356] (R)-5-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one 79. [0357] Yellow solid ((26 mg, 0.059 mmol, 82.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.92 (1 H, dtd, J=12.94, 9.41, 9.41, 6.02 Hz), 1.98 - 2.08 (1 H, m), 2.28 - 2.45 (2 H, m),
2.61 (3 H, s), 2.81 (3 H, s), 3.26 (1 H, dd, J=11.91, 7.80 Hz), 3.58 (1 H, dd, J=12.05, 4.38 Hz), 4.05 - 4.16 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.08, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.60, 3.05 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, d, J=7.39 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.70 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.73 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H22F2N8O m/z 441.2 (M+1).
[0358] 4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)piperidin-2-one 80. [0359] Orange solid (20 mg, 0.047 mmol, 32.7% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.65 - 1.79 (1 H, m), 2.01 - 2.12 (1 H, m), 2.26 (1 H, dd, J=17.25, 9.03 Hz), 2.58 - 2.62 (1 H, m), 2.61 (3 H, s), 3.14 - 3.22 (1 H, m), 3.22 - 3.28 (1 H, m), 3.96 - 4.08 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.60 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.55, 3.00 Hz), 7.02 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.56 (1 H, br s), 7.68 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.72 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H20F2N8O m/z 427.2 (M+1).
[0360] 4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one 81. [0361] Yellow solid (36 mg, 0.082 mmol, 71.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.78 - 1.92 (1 H, m), 2.06 - 2.19 (1 H, m), 2.32 (1 H, dd, J=16.97, 9.03 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.65 (1 H, dd, J=16.84, 4.79 Hz), 2.83 (3 H, s), 3.28 - 3.40 (2 H, m), 3.97 - 4.12 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.60 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.05 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.72 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H22F2N8O m/z 441.2 (M+1).
[0362] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(2- (2,2-difluoroethyl)-2-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 82. [0363] Yellow solid (23 mg, 0.045 mmol, 26.9% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.20 - 1.37 (4 H, m), 1.48 (2 H, br t, J=12.05 Hz), 1.81 - 1.97 (4 H, m), 2.60 (3 H, s), 2.75 - 2.87 (1 H, m), 2.94 - 3.15 (3 H, m), 3.50 - 3.63 (1 H, m), 4.83 (2 H, td, J=15.88, 2.74 Hz), 5.77 - 6.14 (1 H, m), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.58, 3.30 Hz), 6.70 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.22 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.64 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.69 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C25H28F4N8 m/z 517.3 (M+1).
[0364] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(1- (oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-d-2-amine 107. [0365] Yellow solid (5 mg, 0.011 mmol, 23.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.48 - 1.62 (2 H, m), 1.88 (2 H, br t, J=11.50 Hz), 1.93 (2 H, br d, J=12.05 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.69 (2 H, br d, J=11.22 Hz), 3.39 (1 H, quin, J=6.43 Hz), 3.55 - 3.70 (1 H, m), 4.42 (2 H, t, J=6.02 Hz), 4.53 (2 H, t, J=6.57 Hz), 4.83 (2 H, td, J=15.88, 2.74 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 6.85 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.18 - 7.27 (1 H, m), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H25[2H]F2N8O m/z 470.2 (M+1).
119 [0366] (1r,4r)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-1-methylcyclohexan-1-ol 119. [0367] Yellow solid (12 mg, 0.027 mmol, 18.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.37 - 1.54 (4 H, m), 1.56 - 1.65 (2 H, m), 1.84 - 1.92 (2 H, m), 2.60 (3 H, s), 3.66 (1 H, br dd, J=8.08, 3.97 Hz), 4.24 (1 H, s), 4.83 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.70, 3.00 Hz), 6.71 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.22 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz); ESIMS found for C22H24[2H]F2N7O m/z 443.2 (M+1).
[0368] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine 130. [0369] Yellow solid (21 mg, 0.047 mmol, 67.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.66 - 1.76 (1 H, m), 1.93 (1 H, qd, J=12.18, 3.97 Hz), 2.03 - 2.10 (1 H, m), 2.18 (1 H, dd, J=37.30, 12.87 Hz), 2.19 (3 H, s), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.80 (1 H, br d, J=11.23 Hz), 3.01 - 3.11 (1 H, m), 3.71 - 3.88 (1 H, m), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 3.01 Hz), 4.90 (1 H, d, J=50.45 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.40, 3.00 Hz), 6.87 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.95 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz); ESIMS found for C21H22[2H]F3N8 m/z 446.2 (M+1).
[0370] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- ((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-d-2-amine 131. [0371] Yellow solid (15 mg, 0.031 mmol, 22.1% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.70 - 1.80 (1 H, m), 1.92 (1 H, qd, J=12.00, 3.70 Hz), 2.00 - 2.07 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H,
dd, J=37.05, 12.32 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=10.95 Hz), 2.95 - 3.04 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.30 Hz), 3.78 - 3.95 (1 H, m), 4.40 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.20, 3.00 Hz), 4.93 (1 H, d, J=51.80 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.70, 3.00 Hz), 6.93 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz); ESIMS found for C23H24[2H]F3N8O m/z 488.2 (M+1).
[0372] 3-((3R,4S)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl-4-d)amino)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)oxetane-3-carbonitrile 133. [0373] Yellow solid (22 mg, 0.043 mmol, 30.9% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.84 (1 H, br dd, J=12.87, 3.56 Hz), 2.00 (1 H, qd, J=12.23, 3.83 Hz), 2.10 - 2.19 (1 H, m), 2.27 (1 H, dd, J=36.20, 12.32 Hz), 2.61 (3 H, s), 2.78 - 2.87 (1 H, m), 3.01 - 3.11 (1 H, m), 3.82 - 4.01 (1 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.65 (1 H, d, J=6.84 Hz), 4.76 (2 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=15.95, 2.87 Hz), 5.03 (1 H, d, J=49.10 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.70, 3.00 Hz), 7.04 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz); ESIMS found for C24H23[2H]F3N9O m/z 513.25 (M+1).
[0374] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-6-fluoro- N-((3R,4S)-3-fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 160. [0375] Yellow solid (4.1 mg, 0.008 mmol, 22.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.70 - 1.78 (1 H, m), 1.92 (1 H, qd, J=11.91, 3.15 Hz), 1.99 - 2.07 (1 H, m), 2.16 (1 H, dd, J=37.05, 12.59 Hz), 2.62 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=10.40 Hz), 2.93 - 3.06 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1
H, quin, J=6.43 Hz), 3.77 - 3.94 (1 H, m), 4.40 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.85 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 4.91 (1 H, d, J=49.90 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.15 Hz), 7.06 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.64 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.91 (1 H, d, J=2.19 Hz), 8.03 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.69 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H24F4N8O m/z 505.15 (M+1).
[0376] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 162. [0377] Yellow solid (7.6 mg, 0.016 mmol, 61.5% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.77 - 1.91 (2 H, m), 2.13 - 2.22 (1 H, m), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.32 - 2.42 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3 H, s), 2.79 (1 H, br d, J=11.77 Hz), 2.99 - 3.13 (1 H, m), 4.18 - 4.36 (1 H, m), 4.85 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.15 Hz), 7.19 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.65 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.93 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.03 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H21F5N8 m/z 481.2 (M+1).
[0378] 5-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-6-fluoro- N-(1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 164. [0379] Yellow solid (14 mg, 0.029 mmol, 42.2% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.47 - 1.62 (2 H, m), 1.87 (2 H, br t, J=11.64 Hz), 1.92 (2 H, br d, J=11.77 Hz), 2.62 (3 H, s), 2.69 (2 H, br d, J=10.95 Hz), 3.35 - 3.44 (1 H, m), 3.54 - 3.67 (1 H, m), 4.42 (2 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.53 (2 H, t, J=6.57 Hz), 4.84 (2 H, td, J=16.08, 2.87 Hz), 6.55 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.15 Hz), 6.98 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.63 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.90 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.02 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.65 (1 H, s) ESIMS found for C23H25F3N8O m/z 487.2 (M+1).
166 [0380] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluoroethyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-6-fluoropyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 166. [0381] Yellow solid (5 mg, 0.010 mmol, 40.6% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.75 - 1.86 (1 H, m), 1.87 - 1.95 (1 H, m), 2.16 (1 H, br t, J=10.68 Hz), 2.34 - 2.46 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=11.77 Hz), 2.95 - 3.10 (1 H, m), 3.61 (1 H, quin, J=6.23 Hz), 4.26 - 4.40 (1 H, m), 4.44 (2 H, dt, J=13.89, 6.19 Hz), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 4.11 Hz), 4.85 (2 H, td, J=16.02, 2.74 Hz), 6.56 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.01 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.65 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.93 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.03 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H23F5N8O m/z 523.2 (M+1).
[0382] (R)-5-(3-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- (3,3-difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 168. [0383] Yellow solid (9 mg, 0.020 mmol, 20.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.77 - 1.91 (2 H, m), 1.94 - 2.04 (1 H, m), 2.18 (1 H, br t, J=11.36 Hz), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.33 - 2.45 (1 H, m), 2.45 - 2.49 (1 H, m), 2.59 (3 H, d, J=6.30 Hz), 2.61 - 2.65 (1 H, m), 2.79 (1 H, br d, J=10.68 Hz), 3.00 - 3.12 (1 H, m), 3.25 - 3.29 (1 H, m), 4.22 - 4.32 (1 H, m), 4.37 (1 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 4.99 - 5.03 (1 H, m), 5.04 - 5.10 (1 H, m), 7.06 - 7.17 (1 H, m), 7.28 (1 H, dd, J=6.30, 2.74 Hz), 7.67 - 7.75 (2 H, m), 7.89 - 7.94 (1 H, m), 9.70 - 9.77 (1 H, m); ESIMS found for C23H26F2N8 m/z 453.2 (M+1).
[0384] (R)-5-(3-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N- (3,3-difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 169. [0385] Yellow solid (10 mg, 0.020 mmol, 20.6% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.74 - 1.86 (1 H, m), 1.87 - 1.93 (1 H, m), 1.94 - 2.03 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H, br t, J=11.50 Hz), 2.35 - 2.46 (1 H, m), 2.46 - 2.49 (1 H, m), 2.57 - 2.61 (3 H, m), 2.61 - 2.65 (1 H, m), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=10.40 Hz), 2.97 - 3.06 (1 H, m), 3.26 - 3.30 (1 H, m), 3.61 (1 H, quin, J=6.23 Hz), 4.32 (1 H, dt, J=10.88, 5.65 Hz), 4.37 (1 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 4.40 - 4.49 (2 H, m), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.83 Hz), 4.99 - 5.04 (1 H, m), 5.04 - 5.11 (1 H, m), 7.14 - 7.23 (1 H, m), 7.28 (1 H, dd, J=6.57, 2.74 Hz), 7.65 - 7.75 (2 H, m), 7.87 - 7.95 (1 H, m), 9.71 - 9.78 (1 H, m); ESIMS found for C25H28F2N8O m/z 495.25 (M+1).
[0386] 5-(3-Cyclopropyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3- fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 170. [0387] Yellow solid (7 mg, 0.015 mmol, 13.7% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.14 - 1.31 (4 H, m), 1.71 - 1.79 (1 H, m), 1.86 - 1.98 (1 H, m), 2.00 - 2.08 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H, dd, J=36.45, 12.59 Hz), 2.63 (3 H, s), 2.75 (1 H, br d, J=9.86 Hz), 2.98 (1 H, br t, J=10.13 Hz), 3.35 - 3.42 (1 H, m), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.37 Hz), 3.77 - 3.95 (1 H, m), 4.40 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.94 (1 H, d, J=49.65 Hz), 6.99 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.25 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.88 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.83 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H27FN8O m/z 463.3 (M+1).
[0388] (R)-5-(3-Cyclopropyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,3- difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 171. [0389] Yellow solid (5 mg, 0.011 mmol, 17.3% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.74 - 1.89 (2 H, m), 2.12 - 2.22 (1 H, m), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.33 - 2.44 (1 H, m), 2.56 (3 H, s), 2.79 (1 H, br d, J=11.50 Hz), 3.02 - 3.10 (1 H, m), 4.18 - 4.37 (1 H, m), 4.95 - 5.01 (3 H, m), 5.20 (1 H, dd, J=10.40, 1.37 Hz), 6.05 - 6.18 (1 H, m), 7.07 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.68 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.94 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H24F2N8 m/z 439.25 (M+1).
[0390] (R)-5-(3-Cyclopropyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,3- difluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 172. [0391] Yellow solid (4 mg, 0.008 mmol, 12.6% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.76 - 1.86 (1 H, m), 1.88 - 1.94 (1 H, m), 2.12 - 2.22 (1 H, m), 2.35 - 2.46 (1 H, m), 2.56 (3 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, br d, J=12.05 Hz), 2.98 - 3.07 (1 H, m), 3.61 (1 H, dt, J=12.59, 6.30 Hz), 4.27 - 4.40 (1 H, m), 4.44 (2 H, dt, J=14.10, 6.09 Hz), 4.55 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.83 Hz), 4.92 - 5.04 (3 H, m), 5.20 (1 H, dd, J=10.27, 1.23 Hz), 6.03 - 6.17 (1 H, m), 7.14 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.27 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.67 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.72 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 7.94 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 9.71 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C24H26F2N8O m/z 481.25 (M+1).
173 [0392] (1s,4s)-4-((5-(3-(2,2-Difluorocyclopropyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-1-methylcyclohexan-1-ol 173. [0393] Yellow solid (6 mg, 0.013 mmol, 8.6% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.12 (3 H, s), 1.37 (2 H, td, J=13.07, 4.24 Hz), 1.58 (2 H, br d, J=12.05 Hz), 1.61 - 1.69 (2 H, m), 1.69 - 1.76 (2 H, m), 2.42 - 2.48 (1 H, m), 2.53 - 2.61 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3 H, s), 3.43 - 3.57 (1 H, m), 4.01 (1 H, s), 4.27 - 4.38 (1 H, m), 6.84 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.19 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.62 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.80 - 7.86 (1 H, m), 9.65 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H25F2N7O m/z 454.2 (M+1).
174 [0394] N-((R)-3,3-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-(3-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)- 2-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 174. [0395] Yellow solid (6 mg, 0.013 mmol, 38.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.76 - 1.91 (2 H, m), 2.14 - 2.22 (1 H, m), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.34 - 2.48 (2 H, m), 2.53 - 2.61 (1 H, m), 2.62 (3 H, s), 2.74 - 2.84 (1 H, m), 3.00 - 3.07 (1 H, m), 4.17 - 4.29 (1 H, m), 4.29 - 4.37 (1 H, m), 7.15 (1 H, d, J=9.31 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.68 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 7.81 - 7.88 (1 H, m), 9.70 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H22F4N8 m/z 475.2 (M+1).
[0396] 5-(1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3- fluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 175. [0397] Fluffy yellow solid (10 mg, 0.023 mmol, 64.5% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.67 - 1.76 (1 H, m), 1.94 (1 H, qd, J=12.23, 3.83 Hz), 2.03 - 2.11 (1 H, m), 2.18 (1 H, dd, J=37.30, 12.59 Hz), 2.19 (3 H, s), 2.77 - 2.85 (1 H, m), 3.02 - 3.10 (1 H, m), 3.70 - 3.83
(1 H, m), 4.92 (1 H, d, J=49.95 Hz), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.67, 3.15 Hz), 6.62 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.30 Hz), 6.95 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.07 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.74 - 7.75 (1 H, m), 7.76 (1 H, dd, J=8.80, 1.65 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 8.16 (1 H, s), 9.24 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H21F3N8 m/z 431.2 (M+1).
[0398] 5-(1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-1-ethyl- 3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 176. [0399] Fluffy yellow solid (1.4 mg, 0.003 mmol, 6.6% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.00 (3 H, t, J=7.12 Hz), 1.69 - 1.77 (1 H, m), 1.86 - 1.97 (1 H, m), 2.06 (1 H, br t, J=11.23 Hz), 2.20 (1 H, dd, J=38.10, 12.59 Hz), 2.37 (2 H, q, J=7.12 Hz), 2.90 (1 H, br d, J=10.68 Hz), 3.10 - 3.19 (2 H, m), 3.72 - 3.89 (1 H, m), 4.93 (1 H, d, J=49.60 Hz), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.61, 3.29 Hz), 6.62 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.30 Hz), 6.95 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.07 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.75 (1 H, d, J=3.01 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, dd, J=8.75, 1.65 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 8.16 (1 H, s), 9.24 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C21H23F3N8 m/z 445.2 (M+1).
[0400] 5-(1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6-yl)-N-((3R,4S)-3- fluoro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 177. [0401] Fluffy yellow solid (9 mg, 0.019 mmol, 16.9% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.71 - 1.78 (1 H, m), 1.88 - 1.99 (1 H, m), 1.99 - 2.07 (1 H, m), 2.17 (1 H, dd, J=36.75, 12.32 Hz), 2.71 - 2.82 (1 H, m), 3.00 (1 H, br t, J=10.54 Hz), 3.50 (1 H, quin, J=6.37 Hz), 3.77 - 3.94 (1 H, m), 4.41 (1 H, t, J=6.02 Hz), 4.46 (1 H, t, J=6.16 Hz), 4.54 (2 H, td, J=6.57, 3.01 Hz), 4.94 (1 H, d, J=49.90 Hz), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.67, 3.15 Hz), 6.62 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.30 Hz), 7.01 (1 H, d, J=7.94 Hz), 7.07 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, dd, J=8.76,
1.64 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 8.16 (1 H, s), 9.24 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H23F3N8O m/z 473.2 (M+1).
[0402] 3-((3R,4S)-4-((5-(1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)oxetane-3-carbonitrile 178. [0403] Fluffy yellow solid (14 mg, 0.028 mmol, 24.9% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.84 (1 H, br dd, J=12.87, 3.29 Hz), 2.01 (1 H, qd, J=12.23, 3.83 Hz), 2.11 - 2.18 (1 H, m), 2.26 (1 H, dd, J=36.20, 12.05 Hz), 2.77 - 2.86 (1 H, m), 3.02 - 3.12 (1 H, m), 3.81 - 3.98 (1 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.65 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 4.76 (2 H, t, J=6.84 Hz), 5.04 (1 H, d, J=49.35 Hz), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.67, 3.15 Hz), 6.63 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.30 Hz), 7.08 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, d, J=7.67 Hz), 7.77 (1 H, dd, J=8.75, 1.40 Hz), 7.77 (1 H, d, J=3.01 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 8.17 (1 H, s), 9.25 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H22F3N9O m/z 498.2 (M+1).
[0404] (R)-N-(3,3-Difluoro-1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-5-(1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-1H- benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 179. [0405] Fluffy yellow solid (9 mg, 0.020 mmol, 48.4% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.77 - 1.89 (2 H, m), 2.18 (1 H, td, J=11.16, 2.87 Hz), 2.26 (3 H, s), 2.38 (1 H, ddd, J=26.85, 12.35, 1.25 Hz), 2.75 - 2.85 (1 H, m), 3.02 - 3.14 (1 H, m), 4.27 (1 H, td, J=11.02, 5.06 Hz), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.61, 3.01 Hz), 6.62 (2 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.30 Hz), 7.09 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, d, J=9.58 Hz), 7.77 (1 H, dd, J=8.76, 1.64 Hz), 7.77 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.21 Hz), 8.17 (1 H, s), 9.25 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H20F4N8 m/z 449.2 (M+1).
[0406] 5-((5-(1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-6-yl)pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)amino)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one 180. [0407] Yellow solid (10 mg, 0.024 mmol, 22.4% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.88 - 1.97 (1 H, m), 1.98 - 2.06 (1 H, m), 2.26 - 2.37 (1 H, m), 2.37 - 2.44 (1 H, m), 2.81 (3 H, s), 3.26 (1 H, dd, J=12.05, 7.67 Hz), 3.58 (1 H, dd, J=11.91, 5.06 Hz), 4.06 - 4.17 (1 H, m), 5.39 (2 H, td, J=15.47, 2.74 Hz), 6.62 (1 H, tt, J=54.30, 3.00 Hz), 7.08 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 7.21 (1 H, d, J=7.12 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, dd, J=8.75, 1.40 Hz), 7.78 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.11 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 8.16 (1 H, s), 9.25 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C20H20F2N8O m/z 427.15 (M+1).
181 [0408] N-((4s,6r)-1-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)-5-(quinoxalin- 6-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 181. [0409] Beige solid (4 mg, 0.010 mmol, 29.4% yield). 1H NMR (499 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.14 (2 H, td, J=9.03, 3.01 Hz), 2.34 (2 H, t, J=6.98 Hz), 2.58 - 2.69 (2 H, m), 2.86 (2 H, td, J=15.47, 4.38 Hz), 3.34 (2 H, t, J=6.84 Hz), 3.97 - 4.12 (1 H, m), 4.95 (1 H, br d, J=6.84 Hz), 5.82 (1 H, tt, J=56.35, 4.40 Hz), 6.98 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.59 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.02 (1 H, dd, J=8.62, 2.05 Hz), 8.18 (1 H, d, J=8.76 Hz), 8.26 (1 H, d, J=1.92 Hz), 8.83 (1 H, d, J=1.92 Hz), 8.87 (1 H, d, J=1.92 Hz), 9.00 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C22H21F2N7 m/z 422.2 (M+1).
182
[0410] N-(3-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)-5-(quinoxalin-6- yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-amine 182. [0411] Yellow solid (6 mg, 0.014 mmol, 12.8% yield).1H NMR (499 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.54 - 1.66 (2 H, m), 1.80 - 1.87 (2 H, m), 2.32 (2 H, br s), 2.46 (2 H, d, J=10.40 Hz), 2.69 - 2.83 (4 H, m), 3.54 (1 H, d, J=4.93 Hz), 6.13 (1 H, tt, J=55.95, 4.40 Hz), 6.89 (1 H, d, J=5.20 Hz), 7.19 (1 H, d, J=2.74 Hz), 7.76 (1 H, d, J=2.46 Hz), 8.13 (1 H, d, J=8.49 Hz), 8.24 (1 H, dd, J=8.76, 2.19 Hz), 8.32 (1 H, d, J=1.92 Hz), 8.90 (1 H, d, J=1.92 Hz), 8.95 (1 H, d, J=1.64 Hz), 9.20 (1 H, s); ESIMS found for C23H23F2N7 m/z 436.2 (M+1). Example 4. [0412] Representative compounds were screened using the assay procedure for DYRK1A kinase activity as described below. [0413] Each compound was dissolved in DMSO as a 10 mM stock and used to prepare compound source plates. Serial dilution (1:3, 11-point dose-response curves from 10 µM to 0.00016 µM) and compound transfer was performed using the ECHO 550 (Labcyte, Sunnyvale, CA) into 1536-well black-walled round bottom plates (Corning). [0414] The DYRK1A kinase assay was run using the Ser/Thr 18 peptide Z-lyte assay kit according to manufacturer’s instructions (Life Technologies- a Division of Thermo-Fisher). This is a non-radioactive assay using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) between coumarin and fluorescein to detect kinase activity which is represented as a ratio of coumarin emission/fluorescein emission. [0415] Briefly, recombinant DYRK1A kinase, ATP and Ser/Thr peptide 18 were prepared in 1X Kinase buffer to final concentrations of 0.25 µg/mL, 15 µM, and 4 µM respectively. The mixture was allowed to incubate with the representative compounds for one hour at room temperature. All reactions were performed in duplicate. Unphosphorylated (“0% control”) and phosphorylated (“100% control”) forms of Ser/Thr 18 served as control reactions. Additionally, an 11-point dose-response curve of Staurosporine (1 µM top) was run to serve as a positive compound control. [0416] After incubation, Development Reagent A was diluted in Development Buffer then added to the reaction and allowed to further incubate for one hour at room temperature. The plate was read at Ex 400 Em 455 to detect the coumarin signal and Ex 400 Em 520 to measure the signal (EnVision Multilabel Plate Reader, PerkinElmer). [0417] The Emission ratio (Em) was calculated as a ratio of the coumarin (C) emission signal (at 445 nm)/Fluorescein (F) emission signal (at 520 nm). The percent phosphorylation was
then calculated using the following formula: [1 - ((Em ratio X F100%)-C100%)/ ((C0%-C100%) + (Em ratio X (F100% - F0%)))]. Dose-response curves were generated, and inhibitory concentration (IC50) values were calculated using non-linear regression curve fit in the Dotmatics’ Studies Software (Bishops Stortford, UK). [0418] Table 2 shows the measured activity for representative compounds of Formula (I) as described herein. Table 2.
Example 5. [0419] Representative compounds were screened using the assay procedure for tau phosphorylation activity described below. [0420] HEK293T cells (ATCC, CRL3216) cultured in DMEM (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 10566024) supplemented with 10% FBS (Corning, 35-011-CV) and Penicillin/Streptomycin (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 15140163) were seeded in a 75 cm2 flask at 8.1 x 106 cells/flask. The HEK293T cells were then transiently transfected with 5 µg DYRK1A (NM_001396) human untagged clone (OriGene, SC314641) and 2.5 µg MAPT (441 a.a. Tau gene) (NM_005910) human untagged clone (OriGene, TP313312) using Lipofectamine 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific, L30000015) and incubated for 20-30 hours in a humidified incubator at 37°C and 5% CO2. Post-incubation, HEK293T cells transfected with the DYRK1A and MAPT expression vectors were harvested and seeded in BioCoat poly-D lysine coated 96-well plates (Corning, 354461) at 3 x 104 cells/well. [0421] The above synthesized compounds were screened using the cell assay procedure to assess decreased Tau phosphorylation at Thr212 (pThr212) described below. [0422] Each compound was dissolved in DMSO (Sigma-Aldrich, D8418-100 mL) as a 10 mM stock. 10 mM stocks were serially diluted 1:3, 10-point dose-response curve and added
to the cells with a final concentration ranging from 20 µM to 1.1 nM. Cells were treated with compounds in duplicate and incubated for 18-24 hours in a humidified incubator at 37°C and 5% CO2. [0423] Following the overnight compound treatment, cells were lysed with 1X Alpha Surefire Ultra Lysis Buffer (Perkin Elmer, ALSU-LB-100ML) complemented with 1X Halt Phosphatase Inhibitor Cocktail (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 78427) and 1X Halt Protease Inhibitor Cocktail (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 78438). Lysates were spun down at 12,000g for 10 min to remove any cellular debris and 5 µL of lysates were dispensed into a 384-well Opti-Plate (Perkin Elmer, 6007290) for the measurement of Tau phosphorylation in the phosphoTau (Thr212) AlphaLISA assay. Donor antibody, biotinylated HT7Tau (Thermo Fisher Scientific, MN1000B), and acceptor antibody, pThr212Tau (Thermo Fisher Scientific, 44740G) were both added to the cell lysates at a final concentration of 3 nM and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Following incubation of the lysates with the donor and acceptor antibodies, anti-rabbit IgG(Fc specific) AlphaLISA acceptor beads (Perkin Elmer, AL104C) were added at a 10 ug/mL final concentration and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature protected from light. Lastly, AlphaScreen streptavidin donor beads (PerkinElmer, 6760002) were added at 40 ug/mL final concentration and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature protected from light. Plates were read at Ex= 665 nm, and Em=615 nm on the EnVision Multilabel Plate Reader (Perkin Elmer) [0424] Phospho-Tau (Thr212) AlphaLISA signal was used to plot, draw the curve fitting, and determine each compound’s EC50 in Prism (GraphPad). [0425] Table 3 shows the activity of representative compounds as provided herein. Table 3.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
I wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and halide; R2 is 9-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-10 R4; R3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 R5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R6; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pcarbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R7, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl); each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-10 R8, –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-12 R9, –(C1-5 alkylene)pOR10, and –C(=O)R11, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl); alternatively, two R5 attached to the same carbon atom are taken together to form a carbonyl group; each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), –CN, –OR12, and –NR13(=O)R14; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –CN;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of halide, unsubstituted –(C1- 9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl), and –(C1-5 alkylene)pOR10, wherein the –(C1-5 alkylene) is optionally substituted with 1-5 halide and/or 1-3 unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl); each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); each R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-9 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkenyl), unsubstituted –(C2-9 alkynyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-9 haloalkyl); and each p is independently 0 or 1; wherein each H atom is optionally, independently replaced by 2H (D) (deuterium).
2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and F.
4. The compound according to any one of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl) unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl), and 3-4-membered carbocyclyl) optionally substituted with 1-2 R7.
5. The compound according to any one of claims 1-4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-3 R5 and –carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R6.
6. The compound according to any one of claims 1-5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl), and –heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R8.
7. The compound according to any one of claims 1-6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, –CN, –OR12, unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl), and –NH(=O)Me;
8. The compound according to any one of claims 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted –(C1-3 alkyl), and unsubstituted –(C1-3 haloalkyl).
9. The compound according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
,
10. The compound according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
12. A method of treating a disorder or disease in a patient, wherein the disorder or disease is selected from the group consisting of: a neurological disorder, diabetes, and cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the disorder or disease is cancer.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein the disorder or disease is diabetes.
15. The method of claim 12, wherein the disorder or disease is a neurological disorder.
16. The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of: brain tumors, glioblastoma, ovarian, breast, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, and chronic myeloid leukemia.
17. The method according to claim 12 or 15, wherein the disorder or disease is a neurological disorder, wherein the neurological disorder is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, CDKL5 deficiency disorder, Down syndrome, frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism-17 (FTDP-17), Lewy body dementia, Parkinson’s disease, Pick’s disease, and additional diseases with pronounced neurodegeneration such as autism, dementia, epilepsy, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders associated with acquired brain injury such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE), traumatic brain injury, tumor, stroke, Pick’s disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, argyrophilic grain disease, globular glial tauopathies, primary age-related tauopathy, neurofibrillary tangle dementia, frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tau inclusions (FTLD-tau), and aging-related tau astrogliopathy.
18. The method according to any one of claims 12, 15, and 17, wherein the disorder or disease is Alzheimer’s disease.
19. The method according to any one of claims 12-18, wherein the patient is a human.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202363494951P | 2023-04-07 | 2023-04-07 | |
| US63/494,951 | 2023-04-07 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024211797A1 true WO2024211797A1 (en) | 2024-10-10 |
Family
ID=91030396
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2024/023387 Pending WO2024211797A1 (en) | 2023-04-07 | 2024-04-05 | Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2024211797A1 (en) |
Citations (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4164559A (en) | 1977-09-21 | 1979-08-14 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Collagen drug delivery device |
| US4474752A (en) | 1983-05-16 | 1984-10-02 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Drug delivery system utilizing thermosetting gels |
| WO1987005297A1 (en) | 1986-03-03 | 1987-09-11 | The University Of Chicago | Cephalosporin derivatives |
| US6120484A (en) | 1999-02-17 | 2000-09-19 | Silverstein; Herbert | Otological implant for delivery of medicament and method of using same |
| US6377849B1 (en) | 1998-11-19 | 2002-04-23 | Thomas Lenarz | Catheter for applying medication into the endolymphatic sacs of the cochlea |
| US6440102B1 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2002-08-27 | Durect Corporation | Fluid transfer and diagnostic system for treating the inner ear |
| US6648873B2 (en) | 2001-09-21 | 2003-11-18 | Durect Corp. | Aural catheter system including anchor balloon and balloon inflation device |
| US6911211B2 (en) | 2000-01-10 | 2005-06-28 | Foamix Ltd. | Pharmaceutical and cosmetic carrier or composition for topical application |
| WO2020069418A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2020-04-02 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Small molecule inhibitors of dyrk1/clk and uses thereof |
| WO2022053838A1 (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2022-03-17 | The University Of Sussex | Small molecule inhibitors of lemur tyrosine kinase 3 |
| WO2023064366A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-20 | Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines derivatives as inhibitors of dyrk1a |
-
2024
- 2024-04-05 WO PCT/US2024/023387 patent/WO2024211797A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4164559A (en) | 1977-09-21 | 1979-08-14 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Collagen drug delivery device |
| US4474752A (en) | 1983-05-16 | 1984-10-02 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Drug delivery system utilizing thermosetting gels |
| WO1987005297A1 (en) | 1986-03-03 | 1987-09-11 | The University Of Chicago | Cephalosporin derivatives |
| US6440102B1 (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2002-08-27 | Durect Corporation | Fluid transfer and diagnostic system for treating the inner ear |
| US6377849B1 (en) | 1998-11-19 | 2002-04-23 | Thomas Lenarz | Catheter for applying medication into the endolymphatic sacs of the cochlea |
| US6120484A (en) | 1999-02-17 | 2000-09-19 | Silverstein; Herbert | Otological implant for delivery of medicament and method of using same |
| US6911211B2 (en) | 2000-01-10 | 2005-06-28 | Foamix Ltd. | Pharmaceutical and cosmetic carrier or composition for topical application |
| US6648873B2 (en) | 2001-09-21 | 2003-11-18 | Durect Corp. | Aural catheter system including anchor balloon and balloon inflation device |
| WO2020069418A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2020-04-02 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Small molecule inhibitors of dyrk1/clk and uses thereof |
| WO2022053838A1 (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2022-03-17 | The University Of Sussex | Small molecule inhibitors of lemur tyrosine kinase 3 |
| WO2023064366A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-20 | Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines derivatives as inhibitors of dyrk1a |
Non-Patent Citations (40)
| Title |
|---|
| "Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Transformations", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
| "Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 2010, THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES |
| "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure", 2013, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
| AGING CELL, vol. 18, no. 5, 2019 |
| BRAIN SCIENCE, vol. 8, no. 10, 2018, pages 187 |
| CANCERS, vol. 12, no. 8, 2020, pages 2106 |
| CAREYSUNDBERG: "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2007, SPRINGER |
| CELL DEATH & DISEASE, vol. 10, 2019, pages 282 |
| CELL DEATH & DISEASE, vol. 12, 2021, pages 125 |
| CELL, vol. 164, no. 1-2, 2016, pages 293 - 309 |
| CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR LIFE SCIENCES, vol. 78, 2021, pages 603 - 619 |
| CHOUTALALAY, ADVANCES IN ENZYME REGULATION, vol. 22, 1984, pages 27 - 55 |
| DIABETES, vol. 65, no. 6, 2016, pages 1660 - 1671 |
| EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 158, 2018, pages 559 - 592 |
| FEBS JOURNAL, vol. 278, 2011, pages 246 - 256 |
| FRONTIERS IN ONCOLOGY, vol. 11, 2021, pages 637193 |
| FUTURE MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 8, no. 6, 2016, pages 681 - 696 |
| GENE, vol. 758, 2020, pages 144960 |
| GUT, vol. 68, no. 8, 2019, pages 1465 - 1476 |
| HANDBOOK OF CLINICAL NEUROLOGY, vol. 145, 2018, pages 355 - 368 |
| INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR SCIENCES, vol. 22, no. 16, 2021, pages 9083 |
| JCI INSIGHT, vol. 5, no. 1, 2020, pages e132594 |
| JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 290, 2015, pages 15219 - 15237 |
| JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION, vol. 122, no. 3, 2012, pages 948 - 962 |
| JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION, vol. 123, no. 6, 2013, pages 2475 - 2487 |
| JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION, vol. 131, no. 1, 2021, pages e135937 |
| JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 64, no. 6, 2021, pages 2901 - 2922 |
| JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY, vol. 94, no. 6, 2020 |
| MOLECULAR & CELLULAR ONCOLOGY, vol. 2, no. 1, 2015, pages e970048 |
| MOLECULAR CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 15, no. 4, 2017, pages 371 - 381 |
| NATURE COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 6, no. 8372, 2015 |
| NATURE, vol. 529, 2016, pages 172 - 177 |
| NEUROBIOLOGY OF DISEASE, vol. 20, no. 2, 2005, pages 392 - 400 |
| P. WUTS: "Greene 's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2014, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
| PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, vol. 151, 2015, pages 87 - 98 |
| PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, vol. 194, 2019, pages 199 - 221 |
| PLOS ONE, vol. 10, 2015, pages e0144229 |
| SCIENCE TRANSLATIONAL MEDICINE, vol. 12, no. 530, 2020 |
| SCIENTIFIC REPORTS, vol. 6, 2016, pages 36132 |
| SCIENTIFIC REPORTS, vol. 9, 2019, pages 6539 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12281097B2 (en) | Isoquinolin-3-yl carboxamides and preparation and use thereof | |
| US12134625B2 (en) | Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| US10604514B2 (en) | 6-(5-membered heteroaryl)isoquinolin-3-yl carboxamides and preparation and use thereof | |
| US10653688B2 (en) | 6-(6-membered heteroaryl and aryl)isoquinolin-3-yl carboxamides and preparation and use thereof | |
| US20250129104A1 (en) | 7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| US20240002391A1 (en) | 4-alkoxypyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| WO2023064349A1 (en) | 1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridines as dyrk1a inhibitors | |
| US20240199649A1 (en) | 4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| WO2024211797A1 (en) | Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| WO2025231425A1 (en) | 4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof | |
| WO2025137469A1 (en) | 4-alkoxypyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazines and preparation and uses thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24724682 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2024724682 Country of ref document: EP |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2024724682 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20251006 |